IM 106 340_4 2 OXYMITTER 4000 340 Comb Manual 200807

User Manual: OXYMITTER 4000 IM-106-340

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 184 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

http://www.raihome.com
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Oxygen Transmitter
HIGHLIGHTS OF CHANGES
Effective May 31, 2006 Rev. 4.0
Page Summary
General Reformatted entire manual from a two column layout. Removed all references to JIS
specifications. Replaced SPS 4000 information with SPS 4001B information.
Cover Updated photo, revision number and date.
viii Removed Figure 3. Oxymitter 4000 with SPS 4000 Wiring Diagram from Quick Start
Guide.
1-2 Revised Figure 1-1 to show SPS 4001B and updated IMPS 4000.
1-5 Revised Figure 1-2 to show SPS 4001B.
1-8 Added step 11 and Figure 1-6.
1-10, 1-11 Revised Figure 1-8 and Figure 1-9 to show SPS 4001B.
1-12 Removed Components paragraph.
1-13 Removed Figure 1-9. SPS 4000.
1-15 Updated Figure 1-14. Abrasive Shield Assembly.
1-16, 1-17 Revised Specifications.
1-18, 1-19 Revised Product Matrix table.
2-1 Added two additional warnings.
2-5 Removed Figure 2-3. Oxymitter 4000 Installation (with SPS 4000).
2-12, 2-15 Revised Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10 to show grounding locations.
2-16 Revised Install Interconnecting Cable paragraph. Removed Electrical Installation (For
Oxymitter 4000 with SPS 400).
2-18 Added SPS 4001B Connections.
3-1, 4-1 Revised Terminal Block Wiring text.
5-2 Added Reference Air information.
7-9 Added D/A Trim Procedure.
8-3 Revised Alarm Indications to include signal alarm levels.
8-23 Removed SPS 4000 Troubleshooting.
9-8, 9-9 Revised Figure 9-3 and Figure 9-4.
9-11, 9-13 Revised Figure 9-6 and Figure 9-7 with updated circuit board.
9-17 Revised Figure 9-10.
9-20 Removed SPS 4000 Maintenance and Component Replacement.
10-3, 10-4 Updated part numbers for the Cell Replacement Kit, ANSI 15’ and 18’.
10-4 Updated part numbers for the Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly, 15’ and
18’.
HIGHLIGHTS OF CHANGES (CONTINUED)
Effective May 31, 2006 Rev. 4.0 (Continued)
Effective January 2007 Rev. 4.1
Effective July 2008 Rev. 4.2
Page Summary
10-5 Removed Ceramic Diffuser Hub Assy. Changed part numbers 4851B89G04 and
4851B90G04 to 10 microns.
10-6 Revised Table 10-2. Removed Replacement Parts for SPS 4000 table.
11-4 Revised Figure 11-4 to show the SPS 4001B.
11-6 Added Figure 11-7 and explanation of the Oxybalance Display and Averaging System.
A-21 Added General Precautions for Handling and Storing High Pressure Gas Cylinders.
Page Summary
General Revised reference air specifications to read 1 l/min (2 scfh) throughout the manual.
Page 8-22 Added the paragraph and procedural steps after
'
Heater Not Open, but Unable to Reach
736°C Setpoint.
'
Page A-2 thru A-24 Added note 11 to the safety data section. Added new language translations.
Page B-1 Updated the return of materials address.
Back cover Updated the address blocks.
Page Summary
Page 6-4 Added note regarding cleaning the LOI screen before use.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
TOC-1
Oxymitter 4000
Table of Contents
Essential Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
SECTION i
Introduction
Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
What You Need To Know. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Can You Use the Quick Start Guide? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii
Quick Start Guide for Oxymitter 4000 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Quick Reference Guide Manual Calibration Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
HART Communicator Fast Key Sequences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
SECTION 1
Description and
Specifications
Component Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
System Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Handling the Oxymitter 4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
System Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
IMPS 4000 (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
SPS 4001B (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Model 751 Remote Powered Loop LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Probe Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Diffusion Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
SECTION 2
Configuration of
Oxymitter 4000
with Membrane
Keypad
Verify Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
Terminal Block Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
Oxymitter 4000 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Logic I/O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Recommended Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
SECTION 3
Installation
Mechanical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Selecting Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Probe Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Remote Electronics Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Electrical Installation (with Integral Electronics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Electrical Installation (with Remote Electronics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Install Interconnecting Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Pneumatic Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
IMPS 4000 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
SPS 4001B Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
TOC-2
Oxymitter 4000
SECTION 4
Configuration of
Oxymitter 4000 with LOI
Verify installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Terminal Block Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Oxymitter 4000 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Logic I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Recommended Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
SECTION 5
Startup and Operation of
Oxymitter 4000 with
Membrane Keypad
Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
SECTION 6
Startup and Operation of
Oxymitter 4000 with LOI
Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Start Up Oxymitter 4000 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Navigating the Local Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
LOI Key Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
LOI Menu Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Oxymitter 4000 Setup at the LOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
LOI Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Oxymitter 4000 Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Remote Powered Loop LCD Display (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
SECTION 7
HART/AMS
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
HART Communicator Signal Line Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
HART Communicator PC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Off-Line and On-Line Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Logic I/O Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
HART/AMS Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
HART Communicator O
2
Cal Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Defining a Timed Calibration via HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
D/A Trim Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
SECTION 8
Troubleshooting
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Alarm Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Alarm Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Identifying and Correcting Alarm Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Heater Not Open, but Unable to Reach 736°C Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Calibration Passes, but Still Reads Incorrectly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
SECTION 9
Maintenance and Service
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Calibration with Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Automatic Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Semi-Automatic Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Manual Calibration with Membrane Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Calibration with LOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Oxymitter 4000 Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Removal and Replacement of Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
TOC-3
Oxymitter 4000
SECTION 10
Replacement Parts
Probe Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1
Electronics Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
SECTION 11
Optional
Accessories
HART Handheld 375 Communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1
Asset Management Solutions (AMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2
By-Pass Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2
IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer . . . . . . . . . . .11-3
SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer . . . . . . . . . . . .11-4
O
2
Calibration Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-5
Catalyst Regeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-6
OxyBalance Display and Averaging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-6
APPENDIX A
Safety Data
Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Safety Data Sheet for Ceramic Fiber Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
APPENDIX B
Return of Material
Returning Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
TOC-4
Oxymitter 4000
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Oxymitter Oxygen Transmitters
READ THIS PAGE BEFORE PROCEEDING!
ESSENTIAL
INSTRUCTIONS
Emerson Process Management designs, manufactures and tests its products
to meet many national and international standards. Because these
instruments are sophisticated technical products, you MUST properly
install, use, and maintain them to ensure they continue to operate within
their normal specifications. The following instructions MUST be adhered to
and integrated into your safety program when installing, using, and
maintaining Emerson’s Rosemount Analytical products. Failure to follow the
proper instructions may cause any one of the following situations to occur:
Loss of life; personal injury; property damage; damage to this instrument; and
warranty invalidation.
Read all instructions prior to installing, operating, and servicing the
product.
If you do not understand any of the instructions, contact your
Emerson Process Management representative for clarification.
Follow all warnings, cautions, and instructions marked on and
supplied with the product.
Inform and educate your personnel in the proper installation,
operation, and maintenance of the product.
Install your equipment as specified in the Installation Instructions
of the appropriate Instruction Manual and per applicable local and
national codes. Connect all products to the proper electrical and
pressure sources.
To ensure proper performance, use qualified personnel to install,
operate, update, program, and maintain the product.
When replacement parts are required, ensure that qualified people use
replacement parts specified by Emerson Process Management.
Unauthorized parts and procedures can affect the product's
performance, place the safe operation of your process at risk, and
VOID YOUR WARRANTY. Look-alike substitutions may result in fire,
electrical hazards, or improper operation.
Ensure that all equipment doors are closed and protective covers
are in place, except when maintenance is being performed by
qualified persons, to prevent electrical shock and personal injury.
The information contained in this document is subject to change without
notice.
If a Model 275/375 Universal HART® Communicator is used with this unit, the software
within the Model 275/375 may require modification. If a software modification is required,
please contact your local Emerson Process Management Service Group or National
Response Center at 1-800-433-6076 or 1-888-433-6829.
Oxymitter 4000
ii
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section i Introduction
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page iv
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page iv
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page iv
What You Need To Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page v
Can You Use the Quick Start Guide? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page vii
Quick Start Guide for Oxymitter 4000 Systems . . . . . . . . page viii
Quick Reference Guide Manual Calibration Instructions page ix
HART Communicator Fast Key Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . page x
Oxymitter 4000
iv
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
PREFACE
The purpose of this manual is to provide information concerning the
components, functions, installation and maintenance of the Oxymitter 4000
Oxygen Transmitter.
Some sections may describe equipment not used in your configuration. The
user should become thoroughly familiar with the operation of this module
before operating it. Read this instruction manual completely.
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions apply to WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES
found throughout this publication.
NOTE
Highlights an essential operating procedure, condition, or statement.
SYMBOLS
NOTE TO USERS
The number in the lower right corner of each illustration in this publication is a
manual illustration number. It is not a part number, and is not related to the
illustration in any technical manner.
Highlights an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc. If not
strictly observed, could result in injury, death, or long-term health hazards of personnel.
Highlights an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc. If not
strictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction of equipment, or loss of
effectiveness.
RISKOFELECTRICAL SHOCK
WARNING:REFER TOINSTRUCTIONMANUAL
PROTECTIVECONDUCT OR TERMINAL
EARTH(GROUND) TERMINAL
:
:
:
:
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
v
Oxymitter 4000
WHAT YOU NEED TO
KNOW
BEFORE INSTALLING AND WIRING A ROSEMOUNT ANALYTICAL
OXYMITTER 4000 OXYGEN TRANSMITTER
1. What type of installation does your system require?
Use the following drawings, Figure 1 and Figure 2, to identify which type
of installation is required for your Oxymitter 4000 system.
Figure 1. Installation Options -
Oxymitter 4000 with Integral
Electronics
Highlights an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc. If not
strictly observed, could result in injury, death, or long-term health hazards of personnel.
Cal.Gas1
Cal.Gas1
Cal.Gas
Cal.Gas
Cal.Gas2
Cal.Gas2
4-20mA
4-20mA
OXYMITTER4000
OXYMITTER4000WITH
SPS4001B
OXYMITTER4000WITHREMOTE
IMPS4000OPTION
IMPS
4000
LineVoltage
LineVoltage
LineVoltage
LineVoltage
LineVoltage
4-20mA
Instr. Air(Ref. Air)
Cal.Gas
LOGICI/O
LOGICI/O
Instr. Air(Ref. Air)
Instr. Air(Ref. Air)
Ref. Air
Ref. Air
38890001
SPS
4001B
Oxymitter 4000
vi
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 2. Installation Options -
Oxymitter 4000 with Remote
Electronics
OXYMITTER4000
Instr. Air(Ref. Air)
Cal.Gas
LineVoltage
4-20mA
38890049
OXYMITTER4000
REMOTEELECTRONICS
ANDIMPS
WITH
OXYMITTER4000
REMOTEELECTRONICS
ANDSPS4001B
WITH
Cal.Gas1
Cal.Gas1
Cal.Gas2
Cal.Gas2
LineVoltage
LineVoltage
4-20mA
4-20mA
Instr. Air
Instr. Air
Reference Air
Reference Air
CalibrationGas
CalibrationGas
LogicI/O
LogicI/O
SPS
4001B
IMPS
4000
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
vii
Oxymitter 4000
CAN YOU USE THE
QUICK START GUIDE?
Use this Quick Start Guide if...
1. Your system requires an Oxymitter 4000 with or without the SPS 4001B
OPTION. Installation options for the Oxymitter 4000 are shown in
Figure 1.
2. Your system does NOT require an IMPS 4000 OPTION installation.
3. Your system does NOT use a Remote Electronics as shown in Figure 2.
4. You are familiar with the installation requirements for the Oxymitter 4000
Oxygen Transmitter. You are familiar with the installation requirements
for the Oxymitter 4000 Oxygen Transmitter with a SPS 4001B.
If you cannot use the Quick Start Guide, turn to Section 3: Installation, in
this Instruction Manual.
Oxymitter 4000
viii
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
QUICK START GUIDE
FOR OXYMITTER 4000
SYSTEMS
Before using the Quick Start Guide, please read "WHAT YOU NEED TO
KNOW BEFORE INSTALLING AND WIRING A ROSEMOUNT
ANALYTICAL OXYMITTER 4000 OXYGEN TRANSMITTER" on the
preceding page.
1. Install the Oxymitter 4000 in an appropriate location on the stack or
duct. Refer to "Selecting Location" in Section 3: Installation, for
information on selecting a location for the Oxymitter 4000.
2. If using an SPS 4001B, connect the calibration gasses to the
appropriate fittings on the SPS 4001B manifold.
3. Connect reference air to the Oxymitter 4000 or SPS 4001B, as
applicable.
4. If using an SPS 4001B, make the wiring connections as shown in the
SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer Instruction
Manual.
5. If NOT using an SPS 4001B, make the following wire connections as
shown in Figure 3: line voltage, 4-20 mA, and logic I/O.
6. Verify the Oxymitter 4000 switch configuration is as desired. Refer to
"Oxymitter 4000 Configuration", "SW1 Setting", and "SW2 Setting" all in
Section 2: Configuration of Oxymitter 4000 with Membrane Keypad, or
"Oxymitter 4000 Configuration", "SW1 Setting", and "SW2 Setting" all in
Section 4: Configuration of Oxymitter 4000 with LOI.
7. Apply power to the Oxymitter 4000; the cell heater will turn on. Allow
approximately one half hour for the cell to heat to operating
temperature. Once the ramp cycle has completed and the
Oxymitter 4000 is at normal operation, proceed with step 8 or 9.
8. If using an SPS 4001B, initiate a semi-automatic calibration.
9. If NOT using an SPS 4001B, perform a manual calibration. Refer to
"Calibration with Keypad" or "Calibration with LOI" both in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service, in this instruction manual.
NOTE
If your system has a membrane keypad you can refer to the Quick Start Guide
on the following pages.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
ix
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3. Oxymitter 4000 without
SPS 4001B Wiring Diagram
QUICK REFERENCE
GUIDE MANUAL
CALIBRATION
INSTRUCTIONS
Performing a Manual Calibration with a Membrane Keypad
1. Place the control loop in manual.
2. Press the CAL key. The CAL LED will light solid.
3. Apply the first calibration gas.
4. Press the CAL key. When the unit has taken the readings using the first
calibration gas, the CAL LED will flash continuously.
5. Remove the first calibration gas and apply the second calibration gas.
6. Push the CAL key. The CAL LED will light solid. When the unit has
taken the readings using the second calibration gas, the CAL LED will
flash a two-pattern flash or a three-pattern flash. A two-pattern flash
equals a valid calibration, three-pattern flash equals an invalid
calibration.
7. Remove the second calibration gas and cap off the calibration gas port.
8. Press the CAL key. The CAL LED will be lit solid as the unit purges.
When the purge is complete, the CAL LED will turn off.
9. If the calibration was valid, the DIAGNOSTIC ALARMS LEDs indicate
normal operation. If the new calibration values are not within the
parameters, the DIAGNOSTIC ALARMS LEDs will indicate an alarm.
10. Place the control loop in automatic.
AC L1
AC N
+
+
-
-
4-20
Terminal
Block ACLine
VoltagePort
Signal
Port
LeftSideof
Oxymitter4000
4-20mA
Signal
38890100
AC Terminal
Cover
LineVoltage
(85to264VAC)
Ground
Lugs
LogicI/O
Oxymitter 4000
x
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
HART COMMUNICATOR
FAST KEY SEQUENCES
Technical Support Hotline:
For assistance with technical problems, please call the Customer Support
Center (CSC). The CSC is staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
Phone: 1-800-433-6076 1-440-914-1261
In addition to the CSC, you may also contact Field Watch. Field Watch
coordinates Emerson Process Management’s field service throughout the
U.S. and abroad.
Phone: 1-800-654-RSMT (1-800-654-7768)
Emerson Process Management may also be reached via the Internet through
e-mail and the World Wide Web:
e-mail: GAS.CSC@emersonprocess.com
World Wide Web: www.raihome.com
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 1 Description and Specifications
Component Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-1
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-1
IMPS 4000 (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-12
SPS 4001B (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-12
Model 751 Remote Powered Loop LCD Display . . . . . . . page 1-13
Probe Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-16
COMPONENT
CHECKLIST
A typical Rosemount Analytical Oxymitter 4000 Oxygen Transmitter should
contain the items shown in Figure 1-1. Record the part number, serial number,
and order number for each component of your system in the table located on
the first page of this manual.
Also, use the product matrix in Table 1-1 at the end of this section to compare
your order number against your unit. The first part of the matrix defines the
model. The last part defines the various options and features of the Oxymitter
4000. Ensure the features and options specified by your order number are on
or included with the unit.
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Scope
This Instruction Manual is designed to supply details needed to install, start
up, operate, and maintain the Oxymitter 4000. Signal conditioning electronics
outputs a 4-20 mA signal representing an O
2
value and provides a membrane
keypad or fully functional Local Operator Interface (optional) for setup,
calibration, and diagnostics. This same information, plus additional details,
can be accessed with the HART Model 275/375 handheld communicator or
Asset Management Solutions (AMS) software.
Oxymitter 4000
1-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 1-1. Typical System
Package
1. Instruction Manual
2. IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer (Optional)
3. Oxymitter 4000 with Integral Electronics
4. SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer (Optional) (Shown with reference air option)
5. HART® 275/375 Communicator Package (Optional)
6. Adapter Plate with Mounting Hardware and Gasket
7. Remote Electronics and Cable (Optional)
8. Reference Air Set (used if SPS 4001B without reference air option or IMPS 4000 supplied)
8
1
4
3
38890002
6
7
o
HART Communicator
MAN4275A00
English
5
2
Analytical
Analytical
Analytical
OXYMITTER4000
HAZARDOUS AREA
OXYGEN TRANSMITTER
InstructionManual
IM-106-340CRev.4.2
December2005
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-3
Oxymitter 4000
System Description
The Oxymitter 4000 is designed to measure the net concentration of oxygen
in an industrial combustion processes process; i.e., the oxygen remaining
after all fuels have been oxidized. The probe is permanently positioned within
an exhaust duct or stack and performs its task without the use of a sampling
system.
The equipment measures oxygen percentage by reading the voltage
developed across a heated electrochemical cell, which consists of a small
yttria stabilized, zirconia disc. Both sides of the disc are coated with porous
metal electrodes. When operated at the proper temperature, the millivolt
output voltage of the cell is given by the following Nernst equation:
EMF = KT log10(P1/P2) + C
Where:
1. P2 is the partial pressure of the oxygen in the measured gas on one
side of the cell.
2. P1 is the partial pressure of the oxygen in the reference air on the
opposite side of the cell.
3. T is the absolute temperature.
4. C is the cell constant.
5. K is an arithmetic constant.
NOTE
For best results, use clean, dry, instrument air (20.95% oxygen) as the
reference air.
When the cell is at operating temperature and there are unequal oxygen
concentrations across the cell, oxygen ions will travel from the high oxygen
partial pressure side to the low oxygen partial pressure side of the cell. The
resulting logarithmic output voltage is approximately 50 mV per decade. The
output is proportional to the inverse logarithm of the oxygen concentration.
Therefore, the output signal increases as the oxygen concentration of the
sample gas decreases. This characteristic enables the Oxymitter 4000 to
provide exceptional sensitivity at low oxygen concentrations.
The Oxymitter 4000 measures net oxygen concentration in the presence of all
the products of combustion, including water vapor. Therefore, it may be
considered an analysis on a "wet" basis. In comparison with older methods,
such as the portable apparatus, which provides an analysis on a "dry" gas
basis, the "wet" analysis will, in general, indicate a lower percentage of
oxygen. The difference will be proportional to the water content of the
sampled gas stream.
Oxymitter 4000
1-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
System Configuration
Oxymitter 4000 units are available in seven length options, giving the user the
flexibility to use an in situ penetration appropriate to the size of the stack or
duct. The options on length are 18 in. (457 mm), 3 ft (0,91 m), 6 ft (1,83 m),
9 ft (2,7 m), 12 ft (3,66 m), 15 ft (4,57 m), and 18 ft (5,49 m).
The electronics control probe temperature and provide an isolated output,
4-20 mA, that is proportional to the measured oxygen concentration. The
power supply can accept voltages of 90-250 VAC and 48/62 Hz; therefore, no
setup procedures for power are required. The oxygen sensing cell is main-
tained at a constant temperature by modulating the duty cycle of the probe
heater portion of the electronics. The electronics accepts millivolt signals gen-
erated by the sensing cell and produces the outputs to be used by remotely
connected user devices. The output is an isolated 4-20 mA linearized current.
The Oxymitter 4000 transmitter is available with an integral or remote elec-
tronics package. Two calibration gas sequencers are available: the IMPS
4000 and the SPS 4001B (Figure 1-2).
Systems with multiprobe applications may employ an optional IMPS 4000
Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer. The IMPS 4000 provides auto-
matic calibration gas sequencing for up to four Oxymitter 4000 units and
accommodates autocalibrations based on the CALIBRATION RECOM-
MENDED signal from the Oxymitter 4000, a timed interval set up in HART or
the IMPS 4000, or whenever a calibration request is initiated.
For systems with one or two Oxymitter 4000 units per combustion process, an
optional SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer can be used
with each Oxymitter 4000 to provide automatic calibration gas sequencing.
The SPS 4001B is fully enclosed in a NEMA cabinet suited for wall-mounting.
The sequencer performs autocalibrations based on the CALIBRATION REC-
OMMENDED signal from the Oxymitter 4000, a timed interval set up in HART,
or whenever a calibration request is initiated.
System Features
1. The CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED feature detects when the sensing
cell is likely out of limits. This may eliminate the need to calibrate on a
"time since last cal" basis.
2. The cell output voltage and sensitivity increase as the oxygen
concentration decreases.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-5
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 1-2. Oxymitter 4000
AutoCalibration System Options
3. Membrane keypad, Figure 1-3, and HART communication are standard.
To use the HART capability, you must have either:
a. HART Model 275/375 Communicator.
b. Asset Management Solutions (AMS) software for the PC.
OXYMITTER4000
38890039
Analytical
Analytical
IMPS4000
(1to4Probes) SPS4001B
(1Probe)
Oxymitter 4000
1-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 1-3. Membrane Keypad
4. An optional Local Operator Interface, Figure 1-4, allows continuous O
2
display and full interface capability.
Figure 1-4. Local Operator
Interface (LOI)
5. Field replaceable cell, heater, thermocouple, and diffusion element.
6. The Oxymitter 4000 is constructed of rugged 316 L stainless steel for all
wetted parts.
7. The electronics are adaptable for line voltages from 90-250 VAC;
therefore, no configuration is necessary.
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
02CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATIONRECOMMENDED
02CELL mV+
02CELL mv-
HEATER T/C+
HEATER T/C-
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS+
PROCESS-
%02
MEMBRANE
KEYPAD
38890003
38890004
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-7
Oxymitter 4000
8. The Oxymitter 4000 membrane keypad is available in five languages:
English
French
German
Italian
Spanish
9. An operator can calibrate and diagnostically troubleshoot the Oxymitter
4000 in one of four ways:
a. Membrane Keypad. The membrane keypad, housed within the right
side of the electronics housing, provides fault indication by way of
flashing LEDs. Calibration can be performed from the membrane
keypad.
b. LOI. The optional LOI takes the place of the membrane keypad and
allows local communication with the electronics. Refer to Section 6
for more information.
c. Optional HART Interface. The Oxymitter 4000's 4-20 mA output line
transmits an analog signal proportional to the oxygen level. The
HART output is superimposed on the 4-20 mA output line. This
information can be accessed through the following:
i. Rosemount Analytical Model 275/375 Handheld
Communicator - The handheld communicator requires
Device Description (DD) software specific to the
Oxymitter 4000. The DD software will be supplied with
many Model 275/375 units but can also be programmed
into existing units at most Emerson Process
Management service offices. See Section 7, HART/
AMS, for additional information.
ii. Personal Computer (PC) - The use of a personal
computer requires AMS software available from Emerson
Process Management.
iii. Selected Distributed Control Systems - The use of
distributed control systems requires input/output (I/O)
hardware and AMS software which permit HART
communications.
d. Optional IMPS 4000. The Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) in
the IMPS 4000 provides fault indications using flashing LEDs and
LCD display messages. Refer to the IMPS 4000 Intelligent
Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer Instruction Manual for more
information.
Oxymitter 4000
1-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 1-5. Model 751 LCD
Display Panel
10. The optional Rosemount Analytical 751 remote-mounted LCD display
panel shown in Figure 1-5 is loop-driven by the 4-20 mA output signal
representing the O
2
percentage.
11. Optional OxyBalance Display and Averaging System. Reviews up to
eight 4-20 mA signals from individual probes. Trends individual outputs,
calculates four programmable averages as additional 4-20 mA outputs.
Figure 1-6. OxyBalance Display
Displaying Outputs
Handling the Oxymitter
4000
38890062
%
38890063
Analytical
It is important that printed circuit boards and integrated circuits are handled only when
adequate antistatic precautions have been taken to prevent possible equipment damage.
The Oxymitter 4000 is designed for industrial applications. Treat each component of the
system with care to avoid physical damage. Some probe components are made from
ceramics, which are susceptible to shock when mishandled.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-9
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 1-7. Oxymitter 4000
HART Communications and
AMS Application
System Considerations
Prior to installing your Oxymitter 4000, make sure you have all the
components necessary to make the system installation. Ensure all the
components are properly integrated to make the system functional.
After verifying that you have all the components, select mounting locations
and determine how each component will be placed in terms of available line
voltage, ambient temperatures, environmental considerations, convenience,
and serviceability.
Figure 1-7 shows a typical system wiring.
A typical system installation for an Oxymitter 4000 with integral electronics is
shown in Figure 1-8. A typical system installation for an Oxymitter 4000 with
remote electronics is shown in Figure 1-9.
A source of instrument air is optional at the Oxymitter 4000 for reference
air use. Since the unit is equipped with an in place calibration feature,
provisions can be made to permanently connect calibration gas bottles to the
Oxymitter 4000.
If the calibration gas bottles will be permanently connected, a check valve is
required next to the calibration fittings on the integral electronics.
This check valve is to prevent breathing of the calibration gas line and
subsequent flue gas condensation and corrosion. The check valve is in
addition to the stop valve in the calibration gas kit or the solenoid valves in the
IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
NOTE:
The electronics is rated NEMA 4X (IP66) and is capable of operation at
temperatures up to 185°F (85°C).
The optional LOI is also rated for operation at temperatures up to 185°F
(85°C). The infrared keypad functionality will degr ade at temperatures above
158°F (70°C).
Retain the packaging in which the Oxymitter 4000 arrived from the factory in
case any components are to be shipped to another site. This packaging has
been designed to protect the product.
38890005
4-20mA Output
(TwistedPairs)
2CalibrationGasLines
byCustomer
[ ( )max]300ft 90m
HART
Model275/375
Handheld
Interface
Terminationin
ControlRoom
AssetManagementSolutions
LineVoltage
Hazardous Area
Oxymitter4000
withIntegralElectronics
Oxymitter 4000
1-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 1-8. Typical System
Installation - Oxymitter 4000 with
Integral Electronics
Oxymitter
4000
SPS 4001B
Reference
Air
Logic I/O
Calibration Gas
Adapter Plate
Stack
Duct
Gases
Calibration Gas 1
Calibration Gas 2
Inst. Air Supply
Line Voltage
4to20mA
Signal
Duct
Stack
Gases
Calibration
Gas
Adapter
Plate
Line
Voltage
Logic I/O
Instrument
Air Supply
(Reference Air)
Pressure
Regulator
Flowmeter
STANDARD
Oxymitter
4000
4to20mA
Signal
Oxymitter
4000
IMPS 4000* MULTIPROBE
AUTOCALIBRATION
OPTION
IMPS 4000
Reference
Air
Logic I/O
Calibration
Gas
Adapter
Plate
Stack
Duct
Gases
Calibration Gas 1
Calibration Gas 2
Inst. Air Supply
Line
Voltage
4to20mA
Signal
SPS 4001B* SINGLE PROBE
AUTOCALIBRATION OPTION
(WITH REFERENCE AIR OPTION)
38890047
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-11
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 1-9. Typical System
Installation - Oxymitter 4000 with
Remote Electronics
38890006
Duct
Stack
Gases
Calibration
Gas
Adapter Plate
Line
Voltage
Logic I/O
Instrument
Air Supply
(Reference Air)
Pressure
Regulator
Flowmeter
STANDARD
Oxymitter 4000
Oxymitter 4000
4to20mA
Signal
IMPS 4000
Reference Air
Calibration Gas
Adapter Plate
Stack
Duct
Gases
Calibration Gas 1
Calibration Gas 2
Inst. Air Supply
Line Voltage
4to20mA
Signal
Remote
Electronics
Remote
Electronics
Logic I/O
Line Voltage
*Note: TheIMPS4000orSPS4001Bmust
beinstalledinanon-hazardous,
explosive-freeenvironment.
SPS 4001B* SINGLE PROBE
AUTOCALIBRATION OPTION
(WITH REFERENCE AIR OPTION)
Oxymitter
4000
SPS 4001B
Logic I/O
Calibration Gas
Adapter Plate
Stack
Duct
Gases
Calibration Gas 1
Calibration Gas 2
Inst. Air Supply
Remote
Electronics
Line Voltage
Line Voltage
Reference Air
4to20mA
Signal
IMPS 4000* MULTIPROBE
AUTOCALIBRATION
OPTION
Oxymitter 4000
1-12
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
IMPS 4000 (OPTIONAL)
Information on the IMPS 4000 is available in the IMPS 4000 Intelligent
Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer Instruction Manual.
SPS 4001B (OPTIONAL)
The SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer provides the
capability of performing automatic, timed or on demand, calibrations of a
single Oxymitter 4000 without sending a technician to the installation site.
Mounting
The SPS 4001B is fully enclosed in a NEMA cabinet suited for wall-mounting.
This cabinet provides added protection against dust and minor impacts. The
SPS 4001B consists of a manifold and a calibration gas flowmeter. The mani-
fold provides electrical feedthroughs and calibration gas ports to route power
and signal connections and calibration gases to and from the sequencer. In
addition, the manifold houses two calibration gas solenoids that sequence the
gases to the Oxymitter 4000, a pressure switch that detects low calibration
gas pressure, and two PC boards. A terminal strip housed within the terminal
cover provides convenient access for all user connections.
Components optional to the SPS 4001B include a reference air flowmeter and
pressure regulator. The reference air flowmeter indicates the flow rate of
reference air continuously flowing to the Oxymitter 4000. The reference air
pressure regulator ensures the instrument air (reference air) flowing to the
Oxymitter 4000 is at a constant pressure [20 psi (138 kPa)]. The regulator
also has a filter to remove particulates in the reference air and a drain valve to
bleed the moisture that collects in the filter bowl.
Brass fittings and Teflon tubing are standard. Stainless steel fittings and
tubing are optional. Also, disposable calibration gas bottles are available as
an option or can be purchased through a local supplier.
Operation
The SPS 4001B works in conjunction with the Oxymitter 4000's CALIBRA-
TION RECOMMENDED feature to perform an autocalibration. This feature
automatically performs a gasless calibration check every hour on the Oxymit-
ter 4000. If a calibration is recommended and its contact output signal is set
for "handshaking" with the sequencer, the Oxymitter 4000 sends a signal to
the sequencer. The sequencer automatically performs a calibration upon
receiving the signal. Thus, no human interface is required for the automatic
calibration to take place. For further SPS 4001B information, refer to the SPS
4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer Instruction Manual.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-13
Oxymitter 4000
MODEL 751 REMOTE
POWERED LOOP LCD
DISPLAY
The display (Figure 1-10) provides a simple, economical means to obtain
accurate, reliable, and remote indication of important process variables. This
display operates on the 4-20 mA line from the Oxymitter 4000. Refer to Model
751 remote powered loop LCD manual for calibration and wiring.
Figure 1-10. Model 751 Remote
Powered Loop LCD Display
PROBE OPTIONS
Diffusion Elements
Ceramic Diffusion Assembly
The ceramic diffusion assembly, Figure 1-11, is the traditional design for the
probe. Used for over 25 years, the ceramic diffusion assembly provides a
greater filter surface area. This element is also available with a flame arrestor,
and with a dust seal for use with an abrasive shield.
Figure 1-11. Ceramic Diffusion
Assembly
38890064
%
38890065
Oxymitter 4000
1-14
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Snubber Diffusion Assembly
The snubber diffusion assembly, Figure 1-12, is satisfactory for most
applications. This element is also available with a flame arrestor, and with a
dust seal for use with an abrasive shield.
Figure 1-12. Snubber Diffusion
Assembly
Cup-Type Diffusion Assembly
The cup-type diffusion assembly, Figure 1-13, is typically used in high
temperature applications where frequent diffusion element plugging is a
problem. It is available with either a 10 or 40 micron, sintered, Hastelloy
element.
This element is also available with a dust seal for use with an abrasive shield.
Figure 1-13. Hastelloy Cup-Type
Diffusion Assembly
Abrasive Shield Assembly
The abrasive shield assembly, Figure 1-14, is a stainless steel tube that
surrounds the probe assembly. The shield protects against particle abrasion,
provides a guide for ease of insertion, and acts as a position support,
especially for longer probes. The abrasive shield assembly uses a modified
diffuser and vee deflector assembly, fitted with dual dust seal packing.
38890066
38890067
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-15
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 1-14. Abrasive Shield
Assembly
NOTE
In highly abrasive applications, rotate the shield 90 degrees at normal
service intervals to present a new wear surface to the abrasive flow stream.
VIEW A VIEWB
A
B
A
B
15o
6.00
.45min
90o
3.584
3.554
22.5o
Diaona7.50DiaB.C.(ref)
.745
.755
0.75thru4pls,
eqspon4.75B.C.
38890068
Oxymitter 4000
1-16
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SPECIFICATIONS
Oxymitter Specifications
O
2
Range
Standard 0 to 10% O
2
,
0 to 25% O
2
,
0 to 40% O
2
(via HART)
Accuracy ±0.75% of reading or 0.05% O
2
, whichever is greater
System Response to Calibration
Gas
Initial – less than 3 seconds, T90 – less than 8
seconds
Temperature Limits
Process 32° to 1300°F (0° to 704°C) up to 2400°F (1300°C)
with optional accessories
Electronics Housing -40° to 158°F (-4 to 70°C) amb ient
Electronics Package -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C) [Operating temperature
of electronics inside of instrument housing, as
measured by a HART communicator, Rosemount
Analytical Asset Management Solutions software.]
Local Operator Interface -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70° C), [above 158°F (70°C) the
infrared keypad will cease to function, but the
Oxymitter 4000 will continue to operate properly.]
Probe Lengths 18 in. (457 mm) 12 ft (3,66 m)
3 ft (0,91 m) 15 ft (4,57 m)
6 ft (1,83 m) 18 ft (5,49 m)
9 ft (2,74 m)
Mounting and Mounting Position Vertical or horizontal;
a spool piece, (P/N 3D39761G02), is available to
offset transmitter housing from hot ductwork.
Materials
Probe Wetted or welded parts - 316L stainless steel (SS)
Non-wetted parts - 304 SS, low-copper aluminum
Electronics Enclosure Low-copper aluminum
Calibration Manual, semi-automatic, or automatic
Calibration Gas Mixtures
Recommended
0.4% O
2
, Balance N
2
8% O
2
, Balance N
2
Calibration Gas Flow 2.5 l/min (5 scfh)
Reference Air 1 l/min (2 scfh), clean, dry, instrument-quality air
(20.95% O
2
), regulated to 34 kPa (5 psi)
Electronics NEMA 4X, IP66 with fitting and pipe on reference
exhaust port to clear dry atmosphere
Electric Noise EN 61326-1, Class A
Certifications General Purpose
Line Voltage 90-250 VAC, 48/62 Hz. No configuration necessary.
3/4 in. -14 NPT conduit port
Table continued on next page
APPROVED
US
C
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-17
Oxymitter 4000
Signals
Analog Output/HART 4-20 mA isolated from power supply, 950 ohms
maximum load
Logic I/O Two-terminal logic contact configurable as either an
alarm output or as a bi-directional calibration
handshake signal to IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B,
self-powered (+5 V) in series with 340 ohms
Conduit ports — 3/4 in.-14 NPT (for analog output and
logic I/O signal lines)
Power Requirements:
Probe Heater 175 W nominal
Electronics 10 W nominal
Maximum 500 W
Oxymitter Specifications
Oxymitter 4000
1-18
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Table 1-1. Product Matrix
OXT4A Oxymitter 4000 In Situ Oxygen Transmitter
Oxygen Transmitter - Instruction Book
Code Sensing Probe Type
1 ANSI (N. American Std.) Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
2 ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
3 ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
4 DIN (European Std.) Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
5 DIN Probe with Flame Arrestor and Snubber Diffuser
6 DIN Probe with Snubber Diffuser
Code Probe Assembly
0 18 in. (457 mm) Probe
1 18 in. (457 mm) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
2 3 ft (0,91 m) Probe
3 3 ft (0,91 m) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
4 6 ft (1,83 m) Probe
5 6 ft (1,83 m) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
6 9 ft (2,74 m) Probe
7 9 ft (2,74 m) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
8 12 ft (3,66 m) Probe
9 12 ft (3,66 m) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
A 15 ft (4,57 m) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
B 18 ft (5,49 m) Probe with Abrasive Shield (1)
Code Mounting Hardware- Stack Side
0 No Mounting Hardware ("0" must be chosen under "Mounting Hardware - Probe Side" below)
1 New Installation - Square weld plate with studs
2 Mounting to Model 218 Mounting Plate (with Model 218 Shield Removed)
3 Mounting to Existing Model 218 Support Shield
4 Mounting to Other Mounting(2)
5 Mounting to Model 132 Adapter Plate
Code Mounting Hardware- Probe Side
0 No Mounting Hardware
1 Probe Only (ANSI) (N. American Std.)
2 New Bypass or New Abrasive Shield (ANSI)
4 Probe Only (DIN)
5 New Bypass or New Abrasive Shield (DIN)
Code Electronic Housing & Filtered Customer Termination - NEMA 4X, IP66
12 HART Integral Electronics, Transient Protected Filtered Termination, ATEX
Certification
14 Remote Electronics with Transient Protected Filtered Termination
(requires cable)
OXT4C 3 3 1 1 12 Example
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1-19
Oxymitter 4000
NOTES:
(1) Recommended uses: High velocity particulates in flue stream, installation within 11.5 ft (3,5 m) of soot blowers or heavy salt cake buildup. Applications:
Pulverized coal, recovery boilers, lime kiln.
(2) Where possible, specify ANSI or DIN designation; otherwise, provide details of the existing mounting plate as follows:
Cont’d
Code Operator Interface(3)
1 HART with Membrane Keypad - blind cover
2 HART with Membrane Keypad - window cover
3 HART with Local Operation Interface, window cover, English only
Code Language
1 English
2 German
3 French
4 Spanish
5 Italian
Code Termination Filtering
00 Specified as part of Electronic Housing
Code Calibration Accessories
00 No Hardware
01 Calibration Gas Flowmeter and Reference Air Set
02 Intelligent Multiprobe Sequencer (Refer to Table 1-3)
Code Electronics to Probe Cable
00 No Cable
10 20 ft (6 m) Cable
11 40 ft (12 m) Cable
12 60 ft (18 m) Cable
13 80 ft (24 m) Cable
14 100 ft (30 m) Cable
15 150 ft (45 m) Cable
16 200 ft (61 m) Cable
Cont’d 1 3 00 01 00 Example
Plate with studs Bolt circle diameter, number, and arrangement of studs; stud thread; and stud height above mounting plate.
Plate without studs Bolt circle diameter, number, and arrangement of holes; thread; and depth of stud mounting plate with accessories.
Oxymitter 4000
1-20
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Table 1-2. Calibration
Components
Notes:
*Calibration gas bottles cannot be shipped via airfreight.
When the bottles are used with CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED features, the bottles should provide
2 to 3 years of calibrations in normal service.
Table 1-3. Intelligent Multiprobe
Test Gas Sequencer Versions
Part Number Description
1A99119G01 Two disposable calibration gas bottles - 0.4% and 8% O
2
, balance
nitrogen - 550 liters each*
1A99119G02 Two flow regulators for calibration gas bottles
1A99119G03 Bottle rack
Part Number Description Number of Oxymitters
3D39695G01 IMPS 1
3D39695G02 IMPS 2
3D39695G03 IMPS 3
3D39695G04 IMPS 4
3D39695G05 IMPS w/115 V Heater 1
3D39695G06 IMPS w/115 V Heater 2
3D39695G07 IMPS w/115 V Heater 3
3D39695G08 IMPS w/115 V Heater 4
3D39695G09 IMPS w/220V Heater 1
3D39695G10 IMPS w/220V Heater 2
3D39695G11 IMPS w/220V Heater 3
3D39695G12 IMPS w/220V Heater 4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 2 Configuration of Oxymitter 4000
with Membrane Keypad
Verify Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-1
Logic I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-5
VERIFY INSTALLATION
Mechanical Installation
Ensure the Oxymitter 4000 is installed correctly. See Section 3: Installation.
Terminal Block Wiring
1. Remove cover (27) to expose terminal block (25).
2. Check the terminal block wiring (Figure 2-1). Be sure the power,
4-20 mA signal, and the logic outputs are properly connected and
secure. To avoid a shock hazard, the power terminal cover must be
installed. For units with remote electronics, check the terminal block
wiring at the probe and at the remote electronics unit.
3. Install housing cover (27, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4) on terminal block
(25).
Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads before equipment startup.
Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
Oxymitter 4000
2-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 2-1. Electronics Housing
Terminals and Membrane
Keypad
Oxymitter 4000
Configuration
Located on the microprocessor board, the top board, are two switches that
configure outputs for the Oxymitter 4000 (Figure 2-2). SW1 determines if the
4-20 mA signal is internally or externally powered. SW2 determines:
1. Oxymitter 4000 status, HART or LOCAL.
2. Oxygen range, 0 to 10% O
2
or 0 to 25% O
2
. (0 to 40% O
2
is also
configurable only through HART/AMS.)
3. The 4-20 mA signal, at fault or power up, 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA.
SW1 Setting
The two settings are internally or externally powering the 4-20 mA signal. The
factory setting is for the 4-20 mA signal to be internally powered.
38890009
ACL1
ACN
+
+
-
-
4-20
500 VA
SERIAL NO.
TAG NO.
OXYMITTER 4000
WATTS:VOLTS:
FUSE:LINEOUTPUT:
Rosemount AnalyticalInc.
Solon,OH44139
85-264 VAC 48-62 Hz
TM
800-433-6076
4-20 mA
R
5 Amps
TM
HART
SMART FAMILY
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
02CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATIONRECOMMENDED
02CELL mV+
02CELL mv-
HEATER T/C+
HEATER T/C-
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS+
PROCESS-
%02
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
4-20mA
Signal
LogicI/O
GroundLugs
Terminal
Block
Oxymitter4000
Electronics
Housing
Remove power from the Oxymitter 4000 before changing defaults. If defaults are changed
under power, damage to the electronics package may occur.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
2-3
Oxymitter 4000
SW2 Setting
The factory sets this switch as follows:
1. Position 1 is HART/LOCAL. This switch setting controls the configura-
tion of the Oxymitter 4000. The defaults cannot be changed via
HART/AMS unless the switch is in the HART position. Placing SW2,
position 1 in the LOCAL position forces the O
2
range to the setting of
position 2. The position 1 switch must be placed in the LOCAL position
or changes in SW2, position 2 will have no effect.
2. Position 2 determines the O
2
range. This can be set to either 0 to 10%
O
2
or 0 to 25% O
2
. The factory setting is 0 to 10% O
2
. If necessary, the
O
2
range can be configured from 0 to 40% O
2
. To select values within
this range, set SW2, position 1 to HART and then enter the range via
HART/AMS. Do not change SW2, position 1 to LOCAL unless you want
to operate in the range specified by SW2, position 2.
3. Position 3 determines the output at startup or at an alarm. The settings
are 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA. The factory setting is 3.5 mA. At startup, the
current at the analog output is 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA.
4. Position 4 can be used to set the heater for 115 or 220 VAC operation.
This switch is functional only when the software is set for manual
voltage selection (Auto Tune = No). Otherwise, the internal electronics
auto detect the input line voltage and sets the heater voltage
accordingly (Auto Tune = Yes).
Typically, the probe's sensing cell, in direct contact with the process gases, is heated to
approximately 1357°F (736°C). The external temperat ure of the probe body may exceed
842°F (450°C). If operating conditions also contain high oxygen levels and combustible
gases, the Oxymitter 4000 may self-ignite.
Oxymitter 4000
2-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 2-2. Defaults - Oxymitter
4000 with Membrane Keypad
Read O
2
Concentration
Once the cell is up to operating temperature, the O
2
percentage can be read:
1. Access TP5 and TP6 next to the membrane keypad. Attach a
multimeter across TP5 and TP6. The calibration and process gases can
now be monitored. Pressing the INC or DEC once will cause the output
to switch from the process gas to the calibration gas. Pressing INC or
DEC a second time will increase or decrease the calibration gas
parameter. If the keys have been inactive for one minute, the output
reverts to the process gas. If the keys have been inactive for one
minute, the output reverts to the process gas.
38890010
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mV -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
SW1
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
4-20mA
isinternally
powered(Default)
4-20mA requires
externalpower
HART
0to10%O2
3.5mA
220V 115V
0to25%O2
Local
21.6mA
Default
position
(Ex-factory)
3.5mA/21.6mA:
0to25%O :
2
0to10%O /
2
Local:
HART: O RangesetbyHART/AMS
(From0to40%O )
O RangesetbyPos2
O Range
Whenalarmexists,oronpower-
up,outputcurrentgoestothis
value
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
ON
OFF
Note:
The115Voptionatswitch
SW2position4isactiveonly
whentheheatervoltage
optionissettomanualinthe
software
(autotune=no).
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
2-5
Oxymitter 4000
When a calibration has been initiated, the value at TP5 and TP6 is the
% O
2
seen by the cell.
Oxygen levels, as seen on the multimeter, are:
8.0% O
2
= 8.0 VDC
0.4% O
2
= 0.4 VDC
2. HART/AMS.
3. Model 751. The loop-driven LCD display.
LOGIC I/O
This two-terminal logic contact can be configured either as a solid-state
relay-activated alarm or as a bi-directional calibration handshake signal to an
IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B. The configuration of this signal depends on the
setting of the LOGIC I/O PIN MODE via HART/AMS or LOI. The ten different
modes available are explained in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1. Logic I/O
Configuration (as set at
HART/AMS or LOI)
*The default condition for an Oxymitter 4000 without an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
**The default condition for an Oxymitter 4000 with an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
Alarm
When configured as an alarm, this signal alerts you to an out-of-spec
condition. The output is 5 V in series with a 340 ohm resistor. For optimum
performance, Emerson Process Management recommends connecting the
output to a Potter & Brumfield 3.2 mA DC relay (P/N R10S-E1Y1-J1.0K).
Of the ten modes in Table 2-1, mode 1 through mode 7 are the alarm modes.
The factory default is mode 5 for Oxymitter 4000 units without an IMPS 4000
or SPS 4001B. In this mode, the output will signal when a unit alarm or a
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED indication occurs.
Mode Configuration
0 The unit is not configured for any alarm condition.
1 The unit is configured for a Unit Alarm.
2 The unit is configured for Low O
2
.
3 The unit is configured for both a Unit Alarm and Low O
2
.
4 The unit is configured for a High AC Impedance/CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED.
5* The unit is configured for both a Unit Alarm and a High AC
Impedance/CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED.
6 The unit is configured for both a Low O
2
and High AC Impedance/CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED.
7 The unit is configured for a Unit Alarm, a Low O
2
, and a High AC
Impedance/CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED.
8** The unit is configured for a calibration handshake with IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED will initiate the calibration cycle.
9 The unit is configured for a calibration handshake. CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED will not initiate the calibration cycle with the IMPS 4000 or
SPS 4001B.
Oxymitter 4000
2-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Calibration Handshake Signal
If using an optional IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B, the logic I/O must be
configured for calibration handshaking. Of the ten modes in Table 2-1, only
modes 8 and 9 are configured for calibration handshaking. For an Oxymitter
4000 with an IMPS 4000 or an SPS 4001B, the factory sets the default to
mode 8. In this mode, the logic I/O will be used to communicate between the
Oxymitter 4000 and sequencer and to signal the sequencer when a
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDATION indication occurs.
Recommended
Configuration
4-20 mA Signal Upon Critical Alarm
Emerson Process Management recommends that the factory default be
utilized. The 4-20 mA signal will go to the 3.5 mA level upon any critical alarm
which will cause the O
2
reading to be unusable. Customer can also select
21.6 mA as the failure setting if normal operations cause O
2
readings to go
below the zero % O
2
(3.5 mA) level.
If the O
2
measurement is being utilized as part of an automatic control loop,
the loop should be placed into manual upon this failure event or other
appropriate action should be taken.
Calibration
Emerson Process Management recommends utilizing an autocalibration
system, actuated by the "calibration recommended" diagnostic. New O
2
cells
may operate for more than a year, but older cells may require recalibration
every few weeks as they near the end of their life. This strategy ensures that
the O
2
reading is always accurate, and eliminates many unnecessary
calibrations based on calendar days or weeks since previous calibration.
When utilizing the SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000, consider wiring some or all
associated alarm contacts.
1. CALIBRATION INITIATE. Contact from the control room to an
SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000 (one per probe) provides the ability to
manually initiate a calibration at any time from the control room. Note
that calibrations can also be initiated from a HART handheld
communicator, from Asset Management Solutions software, or from the
keypad on the Oxymitter 4000.
2. IN CALIBRATION. One contact per probe provides notification to the
control room that the "calibration recommended" diagnostic has initiated
an automatic calibration through the SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000. If the O
2
signal is being utilized in an automatic control loop, this contact should
be utilized to place the control loop into manual during calibration.
3. CALIBRATION FAILED. One contact per probe from an SPS 4001B or
IMPS 4000 to the control room for notification that the calibration
procedure failed. Grouped with this alarm is an output from a pressure
switch which indicates when the calibration gas bottles are empty.
4. 4-20 mA SIGNAL DURING CALIBRATION. The 4-20 mA signal can be
configured to respond normally during any calibration, or it can be
configured to hold the last O
2
value upon the initiation of calibration. The
factory default is for the 4-20 mA signal to operate normally throughout
calibration. Holding the last O
2
value may be useful if several probes are
being averaged for the purpose of automatic control. Unless several
probes are being averaged, always place control loops that are using
the O
2
signal into the manual mode prior to starting the calibration.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 3 Installation
Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-2
Electrical Installation (with Integral Electronics) . . . . . . . page 3-10
Electrical Installation (with Remote Electronics) . . . . . . . page 3-13
Pneumatic Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
IMPS 4000 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
SPS 4001B Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Before installing this equipment, read the "Safety instructions for the wiring and installation
of this apparatus" at the front of this Instruction Manual. Failure to follow safety instructions
could result in serious injury or death.
Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads after installation. Failure to
install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
The Oxymitter 4000 (OXT4A) can be installed in general purpose areas only. Do not install
the OXT4A in hazardous areas. For hazardous areas use the OXT4C.
Oxymitter 4000
3-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
MECHANICAL
INSTALLATION
Selecting Location
1. The location of the Oxymitter 4000 in the stack or flue is most important
for maximum accuracy in the oxygen analyzing process. The Oxymitter
4000 must be positioned so the gas it measures is representative of the
process. Best results are normally obtained if the Oxymitter 4000 is
positioned near the center of the duct (40-60% insertion). Longer ducts
may require several Oxymitter 4000 units since the O
2
can vary due to
stratification. A point too near the wall of the duct, or the inside radius of
a bend, may not provide a representative sample because of the very
low flow conditions. The sensing point should be selected so the
process gas temperature falls within a range of 32° to 1300°F
(0° to 704°C). Figure 3-1 through Figure 3-8 provide mechanical
installation references. The ambient temperature of the integral
electronics housing must not exceed 18F (85°C). F or higher ambient
temperatures, we recommend the remote mounted electronics option.
2. Check the flue or stack for holes and air leakage. The presence of this
condition will substantially affect the accuracy of the oxygen reading.
Therefore, either make the necessary repairs or install the Oxymitter
4000 upstream of any leakage.
3. Ensure the area is clear of internal and external obstructions that will
interfere with installation and maintenance access to the membrane
keypad or LOI. Allow adequate clearance for removal of the Oxymitter
4000.
Probe Installation
1. Ensure all components are available to install the Oxymitter 4000. If
equipped with the optional ceramic diffusion element, ensure it is not
damaged.
2. The Oxymitter 4000 may be installed intact as it is received.
NOTE
An abrasive shield is recommended for high velocity particulates in the flue
stream (such as those in coal-fired boilers, kilns, and recovery boilers).
Vertical and horizontal brace clamps are provided for 9 ft and 12 ft (2,75 m
and 3,66 m) probes to provide mechanical support for the Oxymitter 4000.
Refer to Figure 3-6.
3. Weld or bolt adapter plate (Figure 3-5) onto the duct.
4. If using the optional ceramic diffusion element, the vee deflector must
be correctly oriented. Before inserting the Oxymitter 4000, check the
direction of gas flow in the duct. Orient the vee deflector so the apex
points upstream toward the flow (Figure 3-7). This may be done by
loosening the setscrews and rotating the vee deflector to the desired
position. Retighten the setscrews.
Do not allow the temperature of the Oxymitter 4000 electronics to exceed 185°F (85°C) or
damage to the unit may result.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-3
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3-1. Oxymitter 4000
Probe Installation
CoverRemovaland Access
(305)
(305)
12
12
AddtoDim“A”
forprobewith
CeramicDiffuser
andFlame
Arrestor
5.14(131)
With
Standard
Snubber
Diffuser
Dim"A"
AddtoDim“A”
forprobe
withCeramic
Diffuser
Dim"B”
RemovalEnvelope
ElecConn
3/4NPT
ANSI1/4(6.35) Tube
DIN 6mm Tube
BottomView
P
S
U
E
I
T
P
I
C
R
H
W
E
N
T
H
G
C
K
E
N
I
-
E
E
R
W
A
V
I
S
O
L
P
-
X
O
M
T
A
G
N
I
N
-
R
I
T
L
A
I
V
E
-
E
E
H
4.77(121)
6.02(153)
12.50(318)
GAS
CAL.
500 VA
R
SERIAL NO.
TAG NO.
OXYMITTER 4000
VOLTS: WATTS:
OUTPUT: LINE FUSE:
RosemountAnalyticalInc.
Solon,OH44139
85-264 VAC 48-62 Hz
TM
800-433-6076
4-20 mA
R
5 Amps
TM
HART
SMART FAMILY
REF.
GAS
-
-
R
H
G
T
I
N
E
W
H
C
I
T
K
E
P
E
A
I
T
C
U
E
V
L
I
-
M
N
I
N
L
O
A
R
P
N
I
X
E
-
W
G
E
S
I
V
A
T
O
S
E
H
E
R
P
6.52
(166)
2.89
(73)
1.55
(39)
3.80(96)
Processflowmustbein
thisdirectionwithrespect
todeflector3534B48G01
DiaMax
2.27(58)
Insulateifexposedto
Ambientweatherconditions
Dimensionsarein
incheswithmillimeters
inparentheses.
Note:
3535B18H02
3535B45H01
DIN
ANSI
0.062 THKGasket
Hole
Flange
(4)Holes
EqSp
onBC
Dia
Dia
DIN
ANSI
4512C19H01
4.75
(121)
4512C17H01
6.00
(153)
(20)
0.75
(145)
5.71
(18)
0.71
7.28
(185)
DIM"A"
3ft
9ft
6ft
PROBE
18in.
12ft
DIM"B"
(2179)
85.8
(3094)
121.8
(4008)
157.8
(3607)
142
(2692)
106
70
(1778)
(864)
34 (1265)
49.8
(808)
31.8
(406)
16
38890069
15ft (4923)
193.8
(4521)
178
18ft (5837)
229.8
(5436)
214
Table1.MountingFlange
Table2.Installation/Removal
Ref Air
CalGas
Oxymitter 4000
3-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 3-2. Oxymitter 4000
Remote Electronics Installation
2.21
(56,0)
6.48
(164,6)
8.72(221,5) 3.33
(84,6)
2.44
(62,0)
DIA.
7.47
(189,8)
5.52
(140,2)
2.62
(66,5) 2.68(68,1)
PIPEMOUNT
CONFIGURATION
38890046
WALL MOUNT
CONFIGURATION
REMOTEELECTRONICS
WITHLOI ANDWINDOWCOVER
REMOTEELECTRONICS
WITHMEMBRANEKEYPAD ANDBLINDCOVER
Dimensionsareinincheswithmillimetersinparentheses.
Note:
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-5
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3-3. Oxymitter 4000 with
Abrasive Shield
P
S
U
E
I
T
P
I
C
R
H
W
E
N
T
H
G
C
K
E
N
I
-
E
E
R
W
A
V
I
S
O
L
P
-
X
O
M
T
A
G
N
I
N
-
R
I
T
L
A
I
V
E
-
E
E
H
Deflector Assy
9ft
12ft
(3112)
(4026)
139
(3531)
158.5
Probe
3ft
6ft
Dim"B"
(1283)
(2197)
(2616)
103
67
(1702)
(787)
31
Dim"A"
122.5
86.5
50.5
Diffuser/Dust
Seal Assy
*AddcheckvalveinCalGasline
6.02
(153)
4.77
(121) 3/4NPT Electrical
Connection
Ref Air
ANSI
DIN
1/4in. Tube
6mm Tube
GAS
CAL.
Snubber/Dust
Seal Assembly
0.2
(5)
3.6(91)DiaNominal
3.9
(99)
Dim"A"
andarenotpressurerated.
1. These flat-faced flanges aremanufactured to ANSI, DINboltpatternsand
Notes:
Removal Envelope
Dim"B"
7.00
(178)
12.50
(318)
38890070
(8)Holes
EqSp
onBC
Hole
Dia
Flange
Dia
9.00
(229)
9.25
(235)
(19)
0.75
(24)
0.94
7.50
(190)
7.48
(190)
Flange ANSI DIN
2.Dimensionsareinincheswithmillimetersinparentheses.
15ft (4940)
175
(4445)
194.5
18ft (5855)
211
(5359)
230.5
18in. (826)
(330)
13 32.5
CalGas*
TABLE4. AbrasiveShield-3D39003
TABLE3.
Installation/RemovalTable
Oxymitter 4000
3-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 3-4. Oxymitter 4000
Adapter Plate Dimensions
22.5o
BC
8threadedholes
equallyspacedon
DDiaB.C.
AbrasiveShield
FlangeO.D.
A
A
Dimensions
in.
(mm)
Dimensions
in.
(mm)
ANSI
(P/N4512C34G01) ANSI
(P/N3535B58G02)
DIN
(P/N4512C36G01) DIN
(P/N3535B58G06)
"A" "A"
"B"
Thread
"B"
Dia
"D"
Dia
"C"
Dia
"C"
Thread
6.00
(153)
9.00
(229)
0.625-11 4.75
(121)
7.50
(191)
4.75
(121)
0.625-11
7.5
(191)
9.25
(235)
(M-16x2) 3.94
(100)
7.48
(190)
5.708
(145)
(M-16x2)
*Partnumbersforadapterplatesinclude
attachinghardware.
*Partnumbersforadapterplatesinclude
attachinghardware.
Adapterplatefor3,6,9,
and12ft. AbrasiveShield
Installations.Seefigure2-3.
Crosshatchedareain4
cornersmaybeusedto
provideadditionalholesfor
fieldboltingofplateto
outsidewallsurface.
Adapterplate
forOxymitter4000
Installation.See
Figure2-1.
4studs,
lockwashersand
nutsequally
spacedon
CDiaB.C.
A
A
2.500Dia
(63,5)
45o
C
B
Note: Dimensionsare
inincheswith
millimetersin
parentheses.
38890071
ADAPTORPLATEOUTLINE
TABLE5. ADAPTERPLATE*DIMENSIONSFOROXYMITTER4000 TABLE6. ADAPTERPLATE*DIMENSIONSFOROXYMITTER
4000WITH ABRASIVESHIELD
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-7
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3-5. Oxymitter 4000
Adapter Plate Installation
38890072
0.50 13( )
3.75 95( )
MinimumDia
holeinwall
Stackorduct
metalwall
Mountingholes
shownrotated45o
Weldorboltmountingplatetometalwall
ofstackorduct;Jointmustbeairtight.
0.50 13( )
4.50 114( )
O.D.Ref
Pipe4.00in.Sched40Pipe
Sleeve(NotbyEmerson
ProcessManagement)
lengthbyCustomer
Masonry
stackwall
Outsidewall
surface
Jointmust
beairtight
MountingHoles
shownrotated45
oftrueposition
o
Fieldweldpipe
toadapterplate
Boltmountingplateto
outsidewallsurface
2.50(63,5)
MinimumDia
holeinwall
Stackorduct
metalwall
Weldorboltadapterplateto
metalwallofstackorduct.
Jointmustbeairtight.
Fieldweldpipe
toadapterplate
3.5(89)
O.D.Ref
Pipe3.00in.Sched40Pipe
Sleeve(Notby
)
lengthbyCustomer
Emerson
ProcessManagement
Masonry
stackwall
Outsidewall
surface
Jointmust
beairtight
Boltadapterplateto
outsidewallsurface
INSTALLATIONFORMASONRY
WALL STACKCONSTRUCTION
INSTALLATIONFORMETAL WALL
STACKORDUCTCONSTRUCTION
Notes: 1.Dimensionsarein with
inparentheses.
inches
millimeters
outoftrueposition out
2. Allmasonrystackworkandjointsexceptadaptor
platearenotfurnishedby .EmersonProcessManagement
Oxymitter 4000
3-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 3-6. Oxymitter 4000 Abrasive Shield Bracing Installation
5. In vertical installations, ensure the system cable drops vertically from
the Oxymitter 4000 and the conduit is routed below the level of the
electronics housing. This drip loop minimizes the possibility that
moisture will damage the electronics (Figure 3-8).
6. If the system has an abrasive shield, check the dust seal gaskets. The
joints in the two gaskets must be staggered 180°. A lso, make sure the
gaskets are in the hub grooves as the Oxymitter 4000 slides into the 15°
forcing cone in the abrasive shield.
7. Insert probe through the opening in the mounting flange and bolt the unit
to the flange. When probe lengths selected are 9 to 18 ft (2.74 to
5.49 m), special brackets are supplied to provide additional support for
the probe inside the flue or stack (Figure 3-6).
NOTE
If process temperatures will exceed 392°F (200°C), use anti-seize compound
on stud threads to ease future removal of Oxymitter 4000. For ambient
temperatures that will exceed 185°F (85°C), we reco mmend the remote
mounted electronics option.
BraceBars
(Notby
)
Emerson
ProcessManagement
2.00
(51)
Note: Dimensionsareinincheswith
millimetersinparentheses.
Verticalbraceclampassy.
AbrasiveShield
Horizontalbraceclampassy.
(Bothbraceclampassembliesarethesame.
Installationandlocationofclampassemblies
andbracebarstobedoneinfield.)
By EmersonProcess
Management
}
2Holes-0.625
(16)Diafor
0.50(12)Dia
Bolt
Note: BracingisforverticalandhorizontalOxymitter4000
1.00
(25)Max
0.375
(10)
1.00
(25)
4.12
(105)
4.12
(105)
60 Max
o
30o
5.62
(143)
5.62
(143)
36.00(914)
Installation.Externalbracingrequiredfor9ft.through18ft.
(2,75mthrough5,49m)probesasshownabove.
38890073
Min
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-9
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3-7. Orienting the
Optional Vee Deflector
8. If insulation is being removed to access the duct work for Oxymitter
4000 mounting, make sure the insulation is replaced afterward
(Figure 3-8).
Remote Electronics
Installation
For an Oxymitter 4000 equipped with remote electronics, install the probe
according to the instructions in "Probe Installation". Install the remote
electronics unit on a stand pipe or similar structure, Figure 3-2.
Vee
Deflector
Vee
Deflector
Diffusion
Element
Setscrew
Filter
GasFlow
Direction
Apex
38890074
Uninsulated stacks or ducts may cause ambient temperatures around the electronics to
exceed 185°F (8C), which may cause overheating da mage to the electronics.
Oxymitter 4000
3-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 3-8. Installation with Drip
Loop and Insulation Removal
ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION (WITH
INTEGRAL
ELECTRONICS)
For Oxymitter 4000 with Integral Electronics
All wiring must conform to local and national codes.
P
S
U
E
I
T
P
I
C
R
H
W
E
N
T
H
G
C
K
E
N
I
-
E
E
R
W
A
V
I
S
O
L
P
-
X
O
M
T
A
G
N
I
N
-
R
I
T
L
A
I
V
E
-
E
E
H
GAS
CAL.
Drip
Loop
LogicI/O,
4-20mA Signal
Line
Voltage
ReplaceInsulation
afterInstalling
Oxymitter4000
Insulation
Adapter
Plate StackorDuct
MetalWall
38890075
Disconnect and lock out power before connecting the power supply.
Install all protective covers and safety ground leads after installation. Failure to install covers
and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
To meet the Safety Requirements of IEC 1010 (EC requirement), and ensure safe operation
of this equipment, connection to the main electrical power supply must be made through a
circuit breaker (min 10 A) which will disconnect all current-carrying conductors during a fault
situation. This circuit breaker should also include a mechanically operated isolating switch.
If not, then another external means of disconnecting the supply from the equipment should
be located close by. Circuit breakers or switches must comply with a recognized standard
such as IEC 947.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-11
Oxymitter 4000
NOTE
To maintain proper earth grounding, ensure a positive connection exists
between the sensor housing, the electronics housing, and earth. The
connecting ground wire must be 14 AWG minimum. Refer to Figure 3-9.
NOTE
Line voltage, signal, and relay wiring must be rated for at least 221°F (105°C).
1. Remove cover (27).
2. Connect Line Voltage.
a. Connect the line, or L1 wire to the L1 terminal and the neutral, or
L2 wire, to the N terminal (Figure 3-9). The Oxymitter 4000
automatically will configure itself for 90-250 VAC line voltage and
50/60 Hz. The power supply requires no setup.
3. Connect 4-20 mA Signal and Calibration Handshake/Logic I/O Leads.
Use individual shielded twisted wire pairs. Terminate the shield only at
the electronics housing.
a. 4-20 mA Signal. The 4-20 mA signal represents the O
2
value and
can also operate the Model 751 Remote Powered Loop LCD Display
or any other loop powered display. Superimposed on the 4-20 mA
signal is HART information that is accessible through a Model
275/375 Handheld Communicator or AMS software.
b. Calibration Handshake/Logic I/O. The output can either be an alarm
or provide the handshaking to interface with an IMPS 4000 or
SPS 4001B. For more information, refer to "Logic I/O" in Section 4:
Configuration of Oxymitter 4000 with LOI, and either the IMPS 4000
Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer Instruction Manual or the
SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer Instruction
Manual.
c. If autocalibration is not utilized, a common bi-directional logic contact
is provided for any of the diagnostic alarms listed in Table 8-1. The
assignment of alarms which can actuate this contact can be modified
to one of seven additional groupings listed in Table 2-1 and
Table 4-1.
The logic contact is self-powered, +5 VDC, 340 ohm series
resistance. An interposing relay will be required if this contact is to be
utilized to annunciate a higher voltage device, such as a light or
horn, and may also be required for certain DCS input cards. A Potter
& Brumfield R10S-E1Y1-J1.0K 3.2 mA DC or an equal interposing
relay will be mounted where the contact wires terminate in the
control/relay room.
d. Install cover (27, Figure 9-3).
Oxymitter 4000
3-12
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 3-9. Electrical Installation - Oxymitter 4000 with Integral Electronics
38890051
INTEGRAL ELECTRONICS
WITHOUTSPS4001B
4-20mA Signal
AC L1
AC N
+
+
-
-
LogicI/O+
LogicI/O–
Ground
Line1
Neutral
Ground
90-250VAC,50-60Hz
LineVoltageInput
CalibrationHandshake
RefertoIMPS4000
InstructionManual
INTEGRAL ELECTRONICS
WITHREMOTESPS4001B
INTEGRAL ELECTRONICS
WITHREMOTEIMPS4000
Line1
Neutral
Ground
90-250VAC,50-60Hz
LineVoltageInput
Calibration
Handshake
LineVoltage
Calibration
Handshake/
LogicI/O
Terminal
Block
Ground
Lugs
Line1
Neutral
Ground
+
-
Ground
90-250VAC,50-60Hz
LineVoltageInput
90-250VAC,50-60Hz
LineVoltageInput
Line1
Neutral
Ground
Ground
4-20mA
4-20mA
4-20mA
Signal
4-20mA
4-20mA
+
+
RefertoSPS4001B
InstructionManual
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-13
Oxymitter 4000
ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION (WITH
REMOTE
ELECTRONICS)
For Oxymitter 4000 with Remote Electronics
All wiring must conform to local and national codes.
NOTE
To maintain proper earth grounding, ensure a positive connection exists
between the sensor housing, the electronics housing, and earth. The
connecting ground wire must be 14 AWG minimum. Refer to Figure 3-10.
NOTE
Line voltage, signal, and relay wiring must be rated for at least 221°F (105°C).
1. Remove cover (27) from remote electronics.
2. Connect Line Voltage.
a. Connect the line, or L1 wire to the L1 terminal and the neutral, or
L2 wire, to the N terminal (Figure 3-10). The Oxymitter 4000
automatically will configure itself for 90-250 VAC line voltage and
50/60 Hz. The power supply requires no setup.
3. Connect 4-20 mA Signal and Calibration Handshake/Logic I/O Leads
(Figure 3-10). Use individual shielded twisted wire pairs. Terminate the
shield only at the electronics housing.
a. 4-20 mA Signal. The 4-20 mA signal represents the O
2
value and
can also operate the Model 751 Remote Powered Loop LCD Display
or any other loop powered display. Superimposed on the 4-20 mA
signal is HART information that is accessible through a Model
275/375 Handheld Communicator or AMS software.
Disconnect and lock out power before connecting the power supply.
Install all protective covers and safety ground leads after installation. Failure to install covers
and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
To meet the Safety Requirements of IEC 1010 (EC requirement), and ensure safe operation
of this equipment, connection to the main electrical power supply must be made through a
circuit breaker (min 10 A) which will disconnect all current-carrying conductors during a fault
situation. This circuit breaker should also include a mechanically operated isolating switch.
If not, then another external means of disconnecting the supply from the equipment should
be located close by. Circuit breakers or switches must comply with a recognized standard
such as IEC 947.
Oxymitter 4000
3-14
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
b. Calibration Handshake/Logic I/O. The output can either be an alarm
or provide the handshaking to interface with an IMPS 4000 or
SPS 4001B. For more information, refer to "Logic I/O" in Section 4:
Configuration of Oxymitter 4000 with LOI, and either the IMPS 4000
Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer Instruction Manual or the
SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer Instruction
Manual.
c. If autocalibration is not utilized, a common bi-directional logic contact
is provided for any of the diagnostic alarms listed in Table 8-1. The
assignment of alarms which can actuate this contact can be modified
to one of seven additional groupings listed in Table 4-1.
The logic contact is self-powered, +5 VDC, 340 ohm series
resistance. An interposing relay will be required if this contact is to be
utilized to annunciate a higher voltage device, such as a light or
horn, and may also be required for certain DCS input cards. A Potter
& Brumfield R10S-E1Y1-J1.0K 3.2 mA DC or an equal interposing
relay will be mounted where the contact wires terminate in the
control/relay room.
4. Install cover (27, Figure 9-4).
5. Install Interconnecting Cable.
a. Remove cover (3) from junction box (5). Connect the electronics end
of the interconnecting cable to the "FROM PROBE" side of the
terminal block (Figure 3-10).
b. Remove housing cover (27).
c. Connect the heater power leads, the thermocouple leads and the
oxygen signal leads at the terminal block. The leads are tagged for
polarity.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-15
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3-10. Electrical
Installation - Oxymitter 4000 with
Remote Electronics
Oxygen
Signal
+
+
-
-
Terminal
Block
Ground
Lugs
38890052
4-20mA
Signal
ACL1
ACN
+
+
-
-
4-20
Terminal
Block
GroundLugs
1 2 3 4 5 6
GRN
ORN
YEL
RED
BLK
BLK
BLU
ORN
YEL
RED
WHT
BLK
HTR
T/C
O
CELL
2
(BY FACTORY)
TOELECTRONICS
FROMPROBE
BLU
ORN
RED
YEL
BLK
WHT
PROBE
REMOTE
ELECTRONICS
ToIMPS4000orSPS4001B
ifused.RefertoIMPS4000
or
InstructionManual
SPS4001B
LogicI/O+
LogicI/O-
Line1
Neutral
Ground
90-250VAC,50-60Hz
LineVoltageInput
Interconnecting
Cable
4-20mA +
4-20mA -
Ground
GRN
GRN
GRN
LineVoltage
Calibration
Handshake/
LogicI/O
HeaterPower
(BelowCover)
TypeK
Thermocouple
Signal
Oxymitter 4000
3-16
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Install Interconnecting
Cable
NOTE
If interconnect cable was not purchased with the Oxymitter 4000, consult the
factory for the proper wire type and gauge.
1. Remove cover (27, Figure 9-4) from junction box (5). Connect the
electronics end of the interconnecting cable (9) to the "FROM PROBE"
side of terminal block (Figure 3-10).
2. Remove cover (27).
3. See (Figure 3-10). Connect the heater power leads, the thermocouple
leads, and the oxygen signal leads of the interconnecting cable to the
terminal block. The cable leads are tagged for polarity. To avoid a shock
hazard, the heater power terminal cover must be installed.
4. Install covers (27, Figure 9-3 and Figure 9-4).
PNEUMATIC
INSTALLATION
OXYMITTER 4000
Reference Air Package
After the Oxymitter 4000 is installed, connect the reference air set to the
Oxymitter 4000. Refer to Figure 3-11.
Instrument Air (Reference Air): 10 psig (68.95 kPag) minimum, 225 psig
(1551.38 kPag) maximum at 1 l/min (2 scfh) maximum; less than 40 parts
per million total hydrocarbons. Regulator outlet pressure should be set at 5
psi (35 kPa). Reference air can be supplied by the reference air set of the
IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
If using an IMPS 4000, refer to the IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test
Gas Sequencer Instruction Manual for the proper reference air connec-
tions.
If using an SPS 4001B, refer to the SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibra-
tion Sequencer Instruction Manual for the proper reference air connec-
tions.
Calibration Gas
Two calibration gas concentrations are used with the Oxymitter 4000, Low
Gas - 0.4% O
2
and High Gas - 8% O
2
. See Figure 3-12 for the Oxymitter
4000 connections.
Do not use 100% nitrogen as a low gas (zero gas). It is suggested that gas for the low (zero)
be between 0.4% and 2.0% O
2
. Do not use gases with hydrocarbon concentrations of more
than 40 parts per million. Failure to use proper gases will result in erroneous readings.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3-17
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 3-11. Air Set, Plant Air
Connection
Figure 3-12. Oxymitter 4000
Gas Connections Calibration
Gas Connections
ToElectronics
Ref AirSet
263C152G01
1Flowmeter0.2-2.0scfh771B635H02
22"PressureGage0-15psig275431-006
3CombinationFilter-Reg.0-30psig4505C21G01
Note: Dimensionsareinincheswith
millimetersinparentheses.
123
4.81(122,17)
FlowSet
PointKnob
0.125-27NPT Female
OutletConnection
1.19
(30,22)
10.0
(254)
REF
DrainValve
3.12(79,25)Max
8.50
(215,90)
Max
2.0
(50,80) 2MountingHoles
3.19(81,03)Lg
throughBodyfor
0.312(7,92)DiaBolts
1.50
(38,10)
2.250(57,15)
SchematicHookupforReference AirSupplyonOxymitter4000ProbeHead.
Outlet
0.25-18NPT Female
InletConnection
Instrument AirSupply
10-225psigMaxPressure
38890076
0.250or6mmO.D. Tubing
(SuppliedbyCustomer)
500 VA
SERIAL NO.
TAG NO.
OXYMITTER 4000
WATTS:VOLTS:
FUSE:LINEOUTPUT:
RosemountAnalyticalInc.
Solon,OH44139
85-264 VAC 48-62 Hz
TM
800-433-6076
4-20 mA
R
5 Amps
TM
HART
SMART FAMILY
ReplacementParts
500VA
R
SERIAL NO.
TAGNO.
OXYMITTER4000
VOLTS:WATTS:
OUTPUT: LINE FUSE:
RosemountAnalyticalInc.
Solon,OH44139
85-264VAC48-62Hz
TM
800-433-6076
4-20 mA
R
5 Amps
TM
HART
SMARTFAMILY
CalibrationGas
Reference Air
38890077
Oxymitter 4000
3-18
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
IMPS 4000
CONNECTIONS
See the IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Sequencer Instruction Manual for
wiring and pneumatic connection.
SPS 4001B
CONNECTIONS
See the SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer Instruction
Manual for wiring and pneumatic connection.
NOTE:
Upon completing installation, make sure that the Oxymitter 4000 is turned on
and operating prior to firing up the combustion process. Damage can result
from having a cold Oxymitter 4000 exposed to the process gases.
During outages, and if possible, leave all Oxymitter 4000 units running to
prevent condensation and premature aging from thermal cycling.
If the ducts will be washed down during outage, MAKE SURE to power down the Oxymitter
4000 units and remove them from the wash areas.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 4 Configuration of Oxymitter 4000
with LOI
Verify installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-1
Logic I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-4
VERIFY INSTALLATION
Mechanical Installation
Ensure the Oxymitter 4000 is installed correctly. See Section 3: Installation.
Terminal Block Wiring
1. Remove cover (27) to expose terminal block (25).
2. Check the terminal block wiring, Figure 4-1. Be sure the power, 4-20 mA
signal, and logic outputs are properly connected and secure.
3. Install housing cover (27, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4) on terminal block
(25).
Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads before equipment startup.
Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
Oxymitter 4000
4-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 4-1. Electronics Housing
Terminals with LOI
Oxymitter 4000
Configuration
Located on the microprocessor board are two switches that configure outputs
(Figure 4-2). To access these switches, the LOI module must be removed.
SW1 determines if the 4-20 mA signal is internally or externally powered.
SW2 determines:
1. Range control, HART or LOCAL.
2. Oxygen range, 0 to 10% O
2
or 0 to 25% O
2
. (0 to 40% O
2
is also
configurable only through HART/AMS.)
3. The 4-20 mA signal, at fault or power up, 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA.
SW1 Setting
The two settings are internally or externally powering the 4-20 mA signal. The
factory setting is for the 4-20 mA signal to be internally powered.
38890011
AC L1
AC N
+
+
-
-
4-20
500 VA
SERIAL NO.
TAG NO.
OXYMITTER 4000
WATTS:VOLTS:
FUSE:LINEOUTPUT:
Rosemount AnalyticalInc.
Solon,OH44139
85-264 VAC 48-62 Hz
TM
800-433-6076
4-20 mA
R
5 Amps
TM
HART
SMART FAMILY
4-20mA
Signal
LogicI/O
GroundLugs
Terminal
Block
Oxymitter4000
Electronics
Housing
LOI
Remove power before changing defaults. If defaults are changed under power, damage to
the electronics package may occur.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
4-3
Oxymitter 4000
SW2 Setting
The factory sets this switch as follows:
1. Position 1 is HART/LOCAL. This switch setting controls the configura-
tion of the Oxymitter 4000. The defaults cannot be changed via
HART/AMS or the LOI unless the switch is in the HART position. Placing
SW2, position 1 in the LOCAL position forces the O
2
range to the setting
of position 2. The position 1 switch must be in the LOCAL position or
changes in SW2, position 2 will have no effect.
2. Position 2 determines the O
2
range. This can be set to either 0 to 10%
O
2
or 0 to 25% O
2
. The factory setting is 0 to 10% O
2
. If necessary, the
O
2
range can be configured from 0 to 40% O
2
. To select values within
this range, set SW2, position 1 to HART and then enter the range via
HART/AMS or the LOI. Do not change SW2, position 1 to LOCAL
unless you want to operate in the range specified by SW2, position 2.
3. Position 3 determines the output at startup or at an alarm. The settings
are 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA. The factory setting is 3.5 mA. At startup, the
current at the analog output is 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA.
4. Position 4 can be used to set the heater for 115 or 220 VAC operation.
This switch is functional only when the software is set for manual
voltage selection (Auto Tune = No). Otherwise, the internal electronics
auto detect the input line voltage and sets the heater voltage
accordingly (Auto Tune = Yes).
Read O
2
Concentration
Once the cell is up to operating temperature, the O
2
percentage can be read:
1. To access TP5 and TP6 under the LOI module (Figure 4-2), power
down the Oxymitter 4000 and remove the LOI module. Attach alligator
leads from a multimeter across TP5 and TP6. Install the LOI module
and power up the Oxymitter 4000. Allow time for the cell to reach
operating temperature. The calibration and process gases can now be
monitored. When a calibration has been initiated, the value at TP5 and
TP6 is the % O
2
seen by the cell. Oxygen levels, as seen on the
multimeter, are:
8.0% O
2
= 8.0 VDC
0.4% O
2
= 0.4 VDC
2. HART/AMS.
3. Model 751. The loop-driven LCD display.
Typically, the probe's sensing cell, in direct contact with the process gases, is heated to
approximately 1357°F (736°C). The external temperat ure of the probe body may exceed
842°F (450°C). If operating conditions also contain high oxygen levels and combustible
gases, the Oxymitter 4000 may self-ignite.
Oxymitter 4000
4-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 4-2. Defaults - Oxymitter
4000 with LOI
LOGIC I/O
This two-terminal logic contact can be configured either as a solid-state
relay-activated alarm or as a bi-directional calibration handshake signal to an
IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B. The configuration of this signal depends on the
setting of the LOGIC I/O PIN MODE via HART/AMS or LOI. The ten different
modes available are explained in Table 4-1.
Alarm
When configured as an alarm, this signal alerts you to an out-of-spec
condition. The output is +5 Vdc in series with a 340 ohm resistor.
For optimum performance, Emerson Process Management recommends
connecting the output to a Potter & Brumfield 3.2 mA DC relay (P/N
R10S-E1Y1-J1.0K).
38890012
SW2
SW1
1
2
3
4
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
4-20mA
isinternally
powered
(Default)
4-20mA requires
externalpower
HART
0to10%O2
3.5mA
220V 115V
0to25%O2
Local
21.6mA
Default
position
(Ex-factory)
3.5mA/21.6mA
0to25%O :
2
0to10%O /
2
Local:
HART: O RangesetbyHART/AMS
(From0to40%O )
O RangesetbyPos2
O Range
Whenalarmexists,or
onpowerup,current
outputgoestothisvalue
2
2
2
2
ON
OFF
Note:
The115Voption
atswitchSW2
position4isactive
onlywhenthe
heatervoltage
optionissetto
manualinthe
software.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
4-5
Oxymitter 4000
Of the ten modes in Table 4-1, mode 1 through mode 7 are the alarm modes.
The factory default is mode 5 for Oxymitter 4000 units without an IMPS 4000
or SPS 4001B. In this mode, the output will signal when a unit alarm or a
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED indication occurs.
Calibration Handshake Signal
If using an optional IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B, the logic I/O must be
configured for calibration handshaking. Of the ten modes in Table 4-1, only
modes 8 and 9 are configured for calibration handshaking. For an Oxymitter
4000 with an IMPS 4000 or an SPS 4001B, the factory sets the default to
mode 8. In this mode, the logic I/O will be used to communicate between the
Oxymitter 4000 and the sequencer and to signal the sequencer when a
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED indication occurs.
Table 4-1. Logic I/O
Configuration (as set at
HART/AMS or LOI)
*The default condition for an Oxymitter 4000 without an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
**The default condition for an Oxymitter 4000 with an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
Mode Configuration
0 The unit is not configured for any alarm condition.
1 The unit is configured for a Unit Alarm.
2 The unit is configured for Low O
2
.
3 The unit is configured for both a Unit Alarm and Low O
2
.
4 The unit is configured for a High AC Impedance/CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED.
5* The unit is configured for both a Unit Alarm and a High AC
Impedance/CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED.
6 The unit is configured for both a Low O
2
and High AC Impedance/CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED.
7 The unit is configured for a Unit Alarm, a Low O
2
, and a High AC
Impedance/CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED.
8** The unit is configured for a calibration handshake with IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED will initiate the calibration cycle.
9 The unit is configured for a calibration handshake. CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED will not initiate the calibration cycle with the IMPS 4000 or SPS
4001B.
Oxymitter 4000
4-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Recommended
Configuration
Recommended Configuration
4-20 mA Signal
The 4-20 mA signal is linear, and can be ranged by the user for O
2
range from
0-40% O
2
. It should be noted that the 4-20 mA signal will go to one of several
default values under certain conditions:
It is very important that the control system be configured to recognize these
various signal levels, and operators be briefed as to their meaning.
Calibration
Emerson Process Management recommends utilizing an autocalibration
system, actuated by the "calibration recommended" diagnostic. New O
2
cells
may operate for more than a year, but older cells may require recalibration
every few weeks as they near the end of their life. This strategy ensures that
the O
2
reading is always accurate, and eliminates many unnecessary
calibrations based on calendar days or weeks since previous calibration.
When utilizing the SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000, consider wiring some or all
associated alarm contacts.
1. CALIBRATION INITIATE. Contact from the control room to an SPS
4001B or IMPS 4000 (one per probe) provides the ability to manually
initiate a calibration at any time from the control room. Note that
calibrations can also be initiated from a HART handheld communicator,
from Asset Management Solutions software, or from the keypad on the
Oxymitter 4000.
2. IN CALIBRATION. One contact per probe provides notification to the
control room that the "calibration recommended" diagnostic has initiated
an automatic calibration through the SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000. If the O
2
signal is being utilized in an automatic control loop, this contact should
be utilized to place the control loop into manual during calibration.
3. CALIBRATION FAILED. One contact per probe from an SPS 4001B or
IMPS 4000 to the control room for notification that the calibration
procedure failed. Grouped with this alarm is an output from a pressure
switch which indicates when the calibration gas bottles are empty.
4. 4-20 mA SIGNAL DURING CALIBRATION. The 4-20 mA signal can be
configured to respond normally during any calibration, or it can be
configured to hold the last O
2
value upon the initiation of calibration. The
factory default is for the 4-20 mA signal to track (operate normally)
throughout calibration. Holding the last O
2
value may be useful if
several probes are being averaged for the purpose of automatic control.
Unless several probes are being averaged, always place control loops
that are using the O
2
signal into the manual mode prior to starting the
calibration.
Condition Default Option
In calibration 4-20 mA signal responds
normally to cal gas
4-20 mA signal holds last value during
cal. (recommended only if several O
2
probes are being averaged together)
O
2
over preset
range
4-20 mA signal defaults to
20.5 mA
none
Critical alarm 4-20 mA signal defaults to
3.5 mA
4-20 mA signal dfaults to 21.1 mA
Dead Instrument 4-20 mA signal goes to
zero mA
none
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 5 Startup and Operation of
Oxymitter 4000 with Membrane
Keypad
Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5-2
POWER UP
Startup Display
When power is applied to the probe, the cell heater turns on. It takes
approximately one half hour for the cell to heat to operating temperature. This
condition is indicated by the top four LEDs (DIAGNOSTIC ALARMS) on the
membrane keypad (Figure 5-1). Starting with the CALIBRATION LED, the
LEDs light in ascending order until all four LEDs are on. At this point, all four
turn off and the cycle starts again. This ramp cycle continues until the cell is
up to operating temperature.
Operating Display
The ramp cycle turns into a cycle where the diagnostic LEDs light in sequence
from the top to the bottom, one at a time. After the bottom LED turns on, the
sequence starts again at the top with the HEATER T/C LED (Figure 5-1).
Figure 5-1. Startup and Normal Operation
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O CELL
2
CALIBRATION
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O CELL
2
CALIBRATION
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Lightingsequenceduringnormaloperation
(Operatingdisplay)
Lightingsequenceduringwarm-up
(Startupdisplay)
38890078
Oxymitter 4000
5-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Error
If there is an error condition at startup, one of the diagnostics LEDs will be
blinking. Refer to Section 8: Troubleshooting, to determine the cause of the
error. Clear the error, cycle power, and the operating display should return.
Keypad
The five membrane keys on the membrane keypad are only used during
calibration to adjust the high and low gas and to initiate the calibration
sequence (Figure 5-2).
Reference Air
Ensure reference air, if used, is set to 1 l/min (2 scfh)
OPERATION
Overview
Ensure the Oxymitter 4000 is at normal operation. The diagnostic LEDs will
display the operating cycle. All other LEDs should be off (Figure 5-1).
DIAGNOSTIC ALARM LEDs
If there is an error in the system, one of these LEDs will flash various blink
codes (Section 8: Troubleshooting). In the case of multiple errors, only one
will be displayed based on a priority system. Correct the problem and cycle
power. The operating display will return or the next error will be displayed. The
alarms are:
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O
2
CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED LED
Turns on when the system determines that a calibration is recommended.
Further information is available in Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
TEST POINTS
Test points 1 through 6 will allow you to monitor with a multimeter: the heater
thermocouple, O
2
cell millivolt, and the process O
2
.
1. TP1 and TP2 monitor the oxygen cell millivolt output which equates to
the percentage of oxygen present.
2. TP3 and TP4 monitor the heater thermocouple.
3. TP5 and TP6 monitor the process gas or the calibration gas parameter.
CAL LED
The CAL LED is on steady or flashing during calibration. Further information
is available in Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
5-3
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 5-2. Calibration Keys
Keys
INC and DEC. The INC and DEC keys are used to set the values of the
calibration gases. Attach a multimeter across TP5 and TP6. The calibration
and process gases can now be monitored. Pressing the INC or DEC once will
cause the output to switch from the process gas to the calibration gas.
Pressing INC or DEC a second time will increase or decrease the calibration
gas parameter. If the keys have been inactive for one minute, the output
reverts to the process gas. When a calibration has been initiated, the value at
TP5 and TP6 is the % O
2
seen by the cell.
Oxygen levels, as seen on the multimeter, are:
8.0% O
2
= 8.0 volts DC
0.4% O
2
= 0.4 volts DC
CAL
The CAL key can:
Initiate a calibration.
Sequence through calibration.
Abort the calibration.
NOTE
Refer Section 9: Maintenance and Service, for calibration instructions.
Model 751 Remote Powered Loop LCD Display (Optional)
Refer to Remote Powered Loop LCD manual for calibration and operation.
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
02 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
02 CELL mV +
02 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% 02
Membrane
Keys
Membrane
Keys
Membrane
Key
Diagnostic
LEDs
38890079
Oxymitter 4000
5-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 6 Startup and Operation of
Oxymitter 4000 with LOI
Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-1
Start Up Oxymitter 4000 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-3
Navigating the Local Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-3
LOI Key Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-4
LOI Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-4
Oxymitter 4000 Setup at the LOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-6
LOI Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-9
Oxymitter 4000 Test Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-10
Remote Powered Loop LCD Display (Optional) . . . . . . . . page 6-10
POWER UP
Startup Display
When power is applied to the probe, the cell heater turns on. It takes
approximately one half hour for the cell to heat to operating temperature. This
condition is indicated by a "warm up" display on the LOI (Figure 6-1). This
message will continue to display until the cell is up to operating temperature.
Operating Display
The normal operating display is the % O
2
concentration. The "normal" display
is shown in Figure 6-2.
Error
If there is an error condition at startup, an alarm message will be displayed.
Refer to Section 8: Troubleshooting, to determine the cause of the error. Clear
the error, cycle power, and the % O
2
display should return.
LOI
The Local Operator Interface can be used to change the software and alarm
settings, to adjust the high and low gas settings, and to initiate the calibration
sequence. Refer to the LOI menu (Figure 6-4).
Oxymitter 4000
6-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 6-1. Startup Display
Figure 6-2. O
2
Concentration
Display
O2:Ø.ØØ%LK
warmup367dgC
38890035
38890036
O2:2.59%LK
normal
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
6-3
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 6-3. LOI Features
START UP OXYMITTER
4000 CALIBRATION
Refer to Section 9: Maintenance and Service, for calibration instructions.
NAVIGATING THE
LOCAL OPERATOR
INTERFACE
Overview
The Local Operator Interface (LOI), shown in Figure 6-3, utilizes a bright blue
gas-fluorescent display. Intensity is adjustable. There is an Infrared LED
source and a detector for each key. The detectors can detect a finger placed
above the button through the glass window. There is no need to open the
instrument in bad weather in order to access the electronics.
It should be noted that the Oxymitter 4000 also utilizes HART communica-
tions, permitting access to all instrument functionality anywhere the 4-20 mA
signal terminates via a HART model 275/375 handheld communicator.
Lockout
The Local Operator Interface (LOI) has a lockout feature that prevents nui-
sance actuation by someone brushing against the glass window, raindrops,
dirt, insects, etc. This lockout mode is automatically established when no but-
tons are pushed for 30 seconds (default). This countdown to lockout is con-
figurable.
38890054
Selection
Arrow
Touch
Confirmation
LED
LCD
Display
Window
Selection
Arrow
Selection
Arrows
Oxymitter 4000
6-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
In order to unlock the display, input a "Z" pattern. First, push the top left (gray)
arrow, then the top right, followed by the bottom left and finally the bottom
right. The "LK" notation in the upper right corner of the display will now dis-
appear. Push the gray arrow at the top left hand corner once more to enter
into the menu structure. Once one moves deeper into the menu structure,
additional time is provided to the user so that the lockout initiation does not
become a nuisance. This additional "revert" time is defaulted at one hour and
is also user configurable.
NOTE
Always clean dust and soil away from the LOI screen each time the LOI is
used. Excessive dust can prevent the LOI from entering lockout. This
condition can cause uncommanded operations to occur.
LOI KEY DESIGNATIONS
The gray key (top left) will move one level higher in the menu structure. When
entering numbers, this key will move the cursor to the left. This key also dou-
bles as an "Enter" key, once numbers are entered, and when the cursor is
moved to it's left-most position. The new data entry value will appear in the
top line of the LOI display once it is accepted.
The blue key (bottom left) acts as a selector when choosing from among a
number of menu items. This key also will move the cursor to the right when
entering numbers.
Up/Down keys (to the left side of the keypad) are used to increment up and
down when selecting from a series of menu picks. They are also used for
incrementing values up and down for data input.
LOI MENU TREE
This LOI menu for the Oxymitter 4000 is shown in Figure 6-4. This menu tree
is specific to the Oxymitter 4000. The menu tree will assist in navigating the
LOI.
Menu items in normal text display information, only. Menu Items in italics per-
mit data entry. Menu items in bold text are procedures.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
6-5
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 6-4. Menu Tree for Local
Operator Interface on the
Oxymitter 4000 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Temperatures
SENSOR
DATA Voltages
O2 Analog% _____%
O2 AnalogmA ____mA
OutputValues
O2 2.59%LK
normal
%
38890017
(CONTINUEDON
SHEET 2)
O2 Temp _____dgC
O2 Temp-MAX _____dgC
Board Temp _____dgC
Board Temp-MAX _____dgC
O2Sensor _____mV
O2Sensor T/C _____mV
Board TempIC _____mV
CALIBRATION
StartCalib
AbortCalib
CalConstants
O2Slope ____mV/D
O2Constant ____mV
O2CellImped ____ohm
CalStatus
CurrentCalib
Previous
FailedCalib
PreO2Slope _____mV/D
PreO2Constant _______mV
BadO2Slope _____mV/D
BadO2Constant _______mV
CalibStep _______
___Sec.
___H
CalibTime
NextO2Cal
NOTE
Forthismenucolumn,the
selectionsin are
userconfigurable. Allother
parametersaredisplayonly.
Italics
Idle
RecommendCal
ApplyGas1
FlowGas1
ReadGas1
DoneGas1
ApplyGas2
FlowGas2
ReadGas2
DoneGas2
Cal Abort
StopGas
Purge
NOTE
UseZpattern
touchcommand
tounlockmenu.
Oxymitter 4000
6-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 6-4. Menu Tree for Local
Operator Interface (LOI) on the
Oxymitter 4000 (Sheet 2 of 2)
OXYMITTER 4000 SETUP
AT THE LOI
In setting up the Oxymitter 4000 from the LOI, it is best to start at the
SYSTEM/Calibration Setup menu, Figure 6-4.
SYSTEM/Calibration Setup
O2 Gas #1 - Enter the high or low cal gas value (the order is not important).
O2 Gas #2 - Enter the second cal gas value.
NOTE
Refer to Section 9: Maintenance and Service, for calibration instructions.
SYSTEM
O2Gas1
O2Gas2
O2-ResetVals
O2
O2CalIntervl
O2-
GasTime
PurgeTime
_____%
_____%
____H
___Sec.
Yes/No
Yes/No
____H
___Sec.
Yes/No
OutTracks
NextCal
AutoCalib?
O2Type
O2Range
O2 AlarmLeve
_______
______%
l _____mA
DoO2Trim
CalibSetup
Input/Output
Parameters
Status
Software
38890018
(CONTINUEDFROM
SHEET 1)
Analog
Digital
NOTE
Incolumnfourofthismenu,theselectionsin areuserconfigurable. textselectionsare
procedures;relatedinstructionsaredisplayedontheLOI. Allotherparametersaredisplayonly.
Italics Bold
Version xxx
Checksum xxx
BuildNumber xxx
BuildDate xxxxxx
TestCode xx
SWErrFile xx
SWErrLine xx
Alarms __________
PIDParameters 115/220
Yes/No
(Cal.requiredafterreset)
ResetDevice?
O2Slope
O2Constant
O2T90Time
AutoTune?
LockoutTime
RevertTime
Luminance
____mV/D
____mV
0:00
Yes/No
0:00
0:00
______
LogicIOMode
LowO2 Alarm
InputState
ForceOutput
See Table4-1
See“Abort
Calibration”inSection9.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
6-7
Oxymitter 4000
NOTE
Emerson Process Management recommends 0.4% O
2
and 8% O
2
for
calibration gases.
O2 Reset Values - Resets factory default values.
O2 Output Tracks - 4 to 20 mA signal can be held at the last value during
calibration, or the signal can be left to track the cal gases.
O2 Cal Interval - If automatic calibration is selected, this selects the interval
between calibrations.
O2 Next Cal - If automatic calibration is selected, this selects the time until
the first initial calibration takes place.
Gas Time - How long should each cal gas flow. Factory default is 300
seconds, but the user may want to vary this depending upon the length of
calibration gas tubing runs.
Purge Time - Used if the O
2
output is selected to hold the last value during
calibration. After the second cal gas is removed, how long until the sensor
comes back to the normal process reading, and the 4-20 mA signal can be
released.
Auto Calib? - Select "Yes" if an SPS or IMPS autocalibration system is part of
the system.
SYSTEM/Input/Output
Analog
Pertaining to the analog 4-20 mA signal representing O
2
.
O2 Type - 4-20 mA signal may be configured to increase with increasing
O
2
or the reverse.
O2 Range - Upper O
2
range is user selectable.
O2 Alarm Level - User can configure the digital output to alarm at a given
O
2
level.
Do O2 Trim - Procedure for calibrating the 4-20 mA signal to a precision
mA source. Procedure is intuitive.
Digital
A bi-directional logic signal may be configured as an alarm, or as a calibration
handshake signal.
Logic I/O Mode - One of 9 different sets of conditions can be set for the
digital signal. See Table 8-2.
Low O2 Alarm - If any of the conditions noted above include a low O
2
process alarm, set the value here.
Input State - Notes the current condition of the bi-directional digital signal.
Force Output - Forces the output state of the signal to either open or
closed. This is used primarily when diagnosing potential problems with this
signal.
Oxymitter 4000
6-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SYSTEM/Parameters
O2 Slope - O
2
slope is data regarding the strength of the sensing cell output.
This information is automatically calculated after a calibration, and the user
does not normally input this data.
O2 Constant - O
2
constant is the amount of voltage a cell generates with
ambient air as the calibration gas. Again, this is normally calculated as a
result of calibration, and is not normally input by the user.
O2 T90 Time - Some users may feel that the O
2
reading is too active for
certain processes. This feature permits the user to dampen the O
2
signal. The
default value is zero seconds dampening.
Auto Tune - The electronics detects the line voltage powering the instrument
automatically, and picks proper algorithms for heater control. User can force a
high voltage algorithm, or a low, but Auto Tune is the default, and is
recommended.
Lockout Time - Keypad lockout time default is 30 sec., but it is user
configurable. A "Z" keypad pattern will unlock the keypad.
Revert Time - Once a user goes one level deep into the menu structure, an
additional "revert time" is provided to prevent nuisance lockouts. One hour is
the default, and it is user configurable.
Luminance - Gas fluorescence brightness is user adjustable.
SYSTEM/Status
Alarms - Diagnostic alarms. Section 8: Troubleshooting.
PID Parameter - Displays the line voltage, powering the Oxymitter, and infers
the temperature control algorithm being used to control heater temperature.
Reset Device - Device can be reset here as opposed to re-powering.
Calibration parameters will be lost.
SYSTEM/Software
This is data regarding the Oxymitter 4000 software version, and errors that
may have occurred.
SENSOR DATA
Displays information about the O
2
cell and thermocouple.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
6-9
Oxymitter 4000
Temperatures
O2 Temp - Indicates the thermocouple temperature at the sensing cell;
this should always be 135F (73C).
O2 Temp Max - Maximum temperature the cell has seen. (Some process
temperatures can exceed the 1357°F (736°C) setpoint temperature, and
this will indicate this condition.)
Board Temp - The temperature inside the Oxymitter electronics housing
185°F (85°C), is the max.
Board Temp Max - This is the maximum temperature that the electronics
has experienced over time.
Voltages
The raw mV signals feeding the temperature indications listed in the
previous paragraph.
Output Values
Indication of the current readings for O
2
and mA.
LOI INSTALLATION
The LOI module connects to the top of the electronic assembly in the
electronics housing. There are four matching connectors (Figure 6-5) on the
back of the LOI module that allow the user to orient (rotate) the LOI as
desired.
Figure 6-5. LOI Module
Connectors
38890055
Connector
Receptacles
LOIModule
RearView
Oxymitter 4000
6-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
OXYMITTER 4000 TEST
POINTS
Refer to Figure 6-6. System test points are located on the board below the
LOI module. Test points 1 through 6 allow you to monitor with a multimeter:
the heater thermocouple, the O
2
cell millivolt, and the process O
2
.
TP1 and TP2 monitor the oxygen cell millivolt output which equates to
the percentage of oxygen present.
TP3 and TP4 monitor the heater thermocouple.
TP5 and TP6 monitor the process gas or the calibration gas parameter.
REMOTE POWERED
LOOP LCD DISPLAY
(OPTIONAL)
Refer to Remote Powered Loop LCD manual for calibration and operation.
Figure 6-6. Oxymitter 4000 -
Test Points
38890037
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 7 HART/AMS
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-1
HART Communicator Signal Line Connections . . . . . . . page 7-2
HART Communicator PC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-2
Off-Line and On-Line Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-4
Logic I/O Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-4
HART/AMS Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-4
HART Communicator O
2
Cal Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-8
Defining a Timed Calibration via HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-9
D/A Trim Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-9
OVERVIEW
The HART Communicator is a handheld communications interface device. It
provides a common communications link to all microprocessor-based instru-
ments that are HART compatible. The handheld communicator contains an
8 x 21 character liquid crystal display (LCD) and 25 keys. A pocket-sized
manual, included with the HART Communicator, details the specific functions
of all the keys.
To interface with the Oxymitter 4000, the HART Communicator requires a ter-
mination point along the 4-20 mA current loop and a minimum load resistance
of 250 ohms between the communicator and the power supply.
The HART Communicator accomplishes its task using a frequency shift key-
ing (FSK) technique. With the use of FSK, high-frequency digital communica-
tion signals are superimposed on the Oxymitter 4000's 4-20 mA current loop.
The HART communicator does not disturb the 4-20 mA signal, since no net
energy is added to the loop.
The HART Communicator may be interfaced with a personal computer (PC),
providing that special software has been installed. To connect the HART Com-
municator to a PC, an interface adapter is required. Refer to the proper HART
Communicator documentation in regard to the PC interface option.
Oxymitter 4000
7-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
HART COMMUNICATOR
SIGNAL LINE
CONNECTIONS
The HART Communicator can connect to the Oxymitter 4000's analog output
signal line at any wiring termination in the 4-20 mA current loop. There are
two methods of connecting the HART Communicator to the signal line. For
applications in which the signal line has a load resistance of 250 ohms or
more, refer to method 1. For applications in which the signal line load resis-
tance is less than 250 ohms, refer to method 2.
Method 1, For Load Resistance
250 Ohms
Refer to Figure 7-1 and the following steps to connect the HART Communica-
tor to a signal line < 250 ohms or more of load resistance.
Using the supplied lead set, connect the HART Communicator in parallel with
to the Oxymitter 4000. Use any wiring termination points in the analog output
4-20 mA signal line.
Method 2, For Load Resistance < 250 ohms
Refer to Figure 7-2 and the following steps to connect the HART Communica-
tor to a signal line with < 250 ohms load resistance.
1. At a convenient point, break the analog output 4-20 mA signal line and
install the optional 250 ohm load resistor.
2. Plug the load resistor into the loop connectors (located on the rear panel
of the HART Communicator).
HART COMMUNICATOR
PC CONNECTIONS
There is an option to interface the HART Communicator with a personal com-
puter. Load the designated AMS software into the PC. Then link the HART
Communicator to the PC using the interface PC adapter that connects to the
serial port (on the communicator rear panel).
Refer to the proper HART Communicator documentation in regard to the PC
interface option.
Explosions can result in death or serious injury. Do not make connections to the HART
Communicator's serial port, 4-20 mV signal line, or NiCad recharger jack in an explosive
atmosphere.
Explosions can result in death or serious injury. Do not make connections to the HART
Communicator's serial port, 4-20 mA signal line, or NiCad recharger jack in an explosive
atmosphere.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
7-3
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 7-1. Signal Line Connections,
250 Ohms Load Resistance
Figure 7-2. Signal Line Connections, < 250 Ohms Load Resistance
38890080
LOOP CONNECTORS USE INTERFACE
00275 0013 ONLY
SERIAL PORT & BATTERY
CHARGER MUST
NOT BE USED IN
HAZARDOUS AREAS
SERIAL PORT
AC L1
AC N
+
+
-
-
4-20
TerminalBlock
LoopConnectors
4-20mA SignalLine
HART
Communicator
RL 250
AnalogOutputDevice
LeadSet
HART Communicator
RearPanel
38890081
LOOP CONNECTORS USE INTERFACE
00275 0013 ONLY
SERIAL PORT & BATTERY
CHARGER MUST
NOT BE USED IN
HAZARDOUS AREAS
SERIAL PORT
AC L1
AC N
+
+
-
-
4-20
TerminalBlock
LoopConnectors
4-20mA SignalLine
HART
Communicator
AnalogOutputDevice
HART Communicator
RearPanel
Note: Thesignalloopmustbebroken
toinserttheoptional250Ohm
loadresistor.
RL <250
250OhmLoad
Resistor
(Note)
Oxymitter 4000
7-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
OFF-LINE AND ON-LINE
OPERATIONS
The HART Communicator can be operated both off-line and on-line.
Off-line operations are those in which the communicator is not connected to
the Oxymitter 4000. Off-line operations can include interfacing the HART
Communicator with a PC (refer to applicable HART documentation regarding
HART/PC applications.
In the on-line mode, the communicator is connected to the 4-20 mA analog
output signal line. The communicator is connected in parallel to the Oxymitter
4000 or in parallel to the 250 ohm load resistor.
NOTE
If the HART Communicator is turned on while connected to the 4-20 mA
analog output signal line, an undefined status indication appears while the
communicator warms up. Wait until the warm-up period ends to continue.
The opening menu displayed on the LCD is different for on-line and off-line
operations. When powering up a disconnected (off-line) communicator, the
LCD will display the Main Menu. When powering up a connected (on-line)
communicator, the LCD will display the On-line Menu. Refer to the HART
Communicator manual for detailed menu information.
LOGIC I/O
CONFIGURATIONS
The Oxymitter 4000 logic I/O output can be configured for ten different modes
through HART/AMS. The factory default condition is Mode 5. A list of possible
configurations appear in Table 7-1.
The Unit Alarm configuration available for Modes 1, 3, 5, and 7 refers to the
diagnostic alarm faults in Table 8-1.
HART/AMS MENU TREE
This section consists of a menu tree for the HART Communicator. This menu
is specific to Oxymitter 4000 applications.
Table 7-1. Logic I/O
Configuration (as set at
HART/AMS or LOI)
*The default condition for an Oxymitter 4000 without an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
**The default condition for an Oxymitter 4000 with an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
Mode Configuration
0 The unit is not configured for any alarm condition.
1 The unit is configured for a Unit Alarm.
2 The unit is configured for Low O
2
.
3 The unit is configured for both a Unit Alarm and Low O
2
.
4 The unit is configured for a High AC Impedance/CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED.
5* The unit is configured for both a Unit Alarm and a High AC
Impedance/CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED.
6 The unit is configured for both a Low O
2
and High AC Impedance/CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED.
7 The unit is configured for a Unit Alarm, a Low O
2
, and a High AC
Impedance/CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED.
8** The unit is configured for a calibration handshake with IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B.
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED will initiate the calibration cycle.
9 The unit is configured for a calibration handshake. CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED will not initiate the calibration cycle with the IMPS 4000 or SPS
4001B.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
7-5
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 7-3. HART/AMS Menu
Tree (Sheet 1 of 3)
O2value
O2celltemp
CJtemp
VIEWFLD
DEVVARS
PVis
PVO2value
PV%rnge
PV AO
SVisColdJunct
SV__mV
PROCESS
VARIABLES
DIAG/SERVICE
VIEWSV
VIEW TV
VIEWPV-Aout
VIEWOUTPUT
VARS
VIEW4V
TVisCell
TV__mV
4VisCell TC
4V__mV
Open T/C
Shorted T/C
Reversed T/C
HeaterOpen
Cell TempVeryHI
HighCase Temp
Cell TempLow
Cell TempHigh
CellOpen
HighCellImp.
CK.ER-EEPROM
Cal.ErrorSlope
Cal.Recommended
AO1OutRngelim
Cal.ErrorConst.
LastCal.Failed
CellmV
Cell TCmV
CJmV
VIEWFLD
DEVmV
STATUS
AOFixed
MaxCase Temp
AOSaturated
OperateModel
StatusGroup3
StatusGroup2
StatusGroup1
LOOP TEST Looptest
method...
O2Cal
Optrak TG?
CalState
PERFORMO2
CAL
O2CALIBRATE
CalState
TimeRemain
PresentO2
O2CAL
STATUS
Calslope
Calconst
CellImp
LAST
CALCONSTANTS
Reset
CalConstants
method...
RESET
CALCONSTANTS
D/A trimmethod
D/A TRIM
O2Calmethod...
Referto“HART
CommunicatorO2Cal
Method”forthe
completeO2calibration
methodusingthe
HART Communicator.
DEVICESETUP
PV
PV AO
PVLRV
PVURV
(CONTINUEDON
SHEET2)
38890082
Oxymitter 4000
7-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 7-3. HART/AMS Menu
Tree (Sheet 2 of 3)
DEVICESETUP
PV
PV AO
PVLRV
PVURV
(CONTINUEDON
SHEET 3)
Tag
ASSIGN
PV&SV
SELECT O2
RANGE
DEVICE
INFORMATION
S/WVERSION
INFO
Devid
Descriptor
Message
Date
Finalasmblynum
Snsrs/n
Ver
Chksum
Bldnum
Blddate
O2
O2CELLTEMP
COLDJUNCTEMP
O2CELL MV
O2CELLTCMV
COLDJUNCMV
PVURV
PVLRV
PV%rnge
ANALOG
OUTPUT
HART OUTPUT
ALARM
OUTPUT
SLOPE
CONSTANT
OP locks
OP tracks
Manual
Auto
HighTG
LowTG
OPtrak TG?
TGtime
PurgeTime
CalMode
CalIntrvlh
NextCalTimeh
LoAlarmSP
SENSORS
LIMITSDISPLAYED
SIGNAL
CONDITION
OUTPUT
CONDITION
O2
O2
CALIBRATION
O2 ALARMS
(CONTINUEDFROM
SHEET 1)
BASICSETUP
DETAILED
SETUP
PV AO____mA
PV AO Alrmtyp
LOOP TEST
D/A TRIM
Polladdr
Numreqpreams
LogicI/OPinState
LogicI/OPinMode
Looptest
method...
D/A trimmethod...
No Alarm
Unit Alarm
LowO2 Alarm
LowO2/Unit Alarm
CalRec
CalRec/Unit Alarm
LowO2/CalRec
LowO2/Unit/CalRec
CalRec/Handshake
Handshake
PVisOxygen
SVisColdJunct
TVisCell
4VisCell TC
URV____%
LRV____%
38890083
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
7-7
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 7-3. HART/AMS Menu
Tree (Sheet 3 of 3)
DEVICESETUP
PV
PV AO
PVLRV
PVURV
(CONTINUEDFROM
SHEET 2)
Manufacturer
Model
Devid
Tag
Descriptor
Message
Date
Finalasmblynum
Snsrs/n
Flddevrev
Hardwarerev
Softwarerev
Universalrev
Optrak TG?
Tgtime
PurgeTime
LowTG
HighTG
Calslope
Calconst
CellImp
ImpDelta
Slope
Constant
URV
LRV
LoAlarmSP
I/OPinMode
Polladdr
Numreqpreams
DEVICE
INFORMATION
CAL INFO
DEVICECONFIG
OUTPUTS
CONFIG
REVIEW
38890084
Oxymitter 4000
7-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
HART COMMUNICATOR
O
2
CAL METHOD
Use the following procedure to perform a calibration using the HART Commu-
nicator. If necessary, use the menu tree in Figure 7-3 (sheet 1 of 3) for
reference.
NOTE
To select a menu item, either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the
menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select
the menu item number. To return to a preceding menu, press the left arrow
key.
1. From the PERFORM O
2
CAL screen, select menu item 1, O
2
CAL, to
access the O
2
calibration procedure.
2. In the first O2 CAL screen, a "Loop should be removed from automatic
control" warning appears. Remove the Oxymitter 4000 from any auto-
matic control loops to avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition
and press OK.
3. The next several screens indicate the calibration status. At each of the
following status prompts, select menu item 2, NEXT CAL STEP:
COMPLETE
CAL RECOMMENDED
APPLY GAS 1
GAS 1 FLOW
4. At this point, select menu item 4, EXIT, to leave the O2 CAL procedure.
5. From the PERFORM O2 CAL screen, view menu item 3, CALSTATE, to
monitor the calibration status as it updates. Or, access the O2 CALI-
BRATE screen and select menu item 2, O2 CAL STATUS, to view menu
item 1, CALSTATE; menu item 2, TIMEREMAIN; and menu item 3,
PRESENT O2, as the calibration status updates.
6. When CALSTATE displays APPLY GAS 2, return to the O2 CAL
procedure.
7. When the "Loop should be removed from automatic control" warning
appears, return the Oxymitter 4000 to the automatic control loops previ-
ously removed and press OK.
8. At the STOP GAS status prompt, select menu item 2, NEXT CAL STEP.
When the status displays PURGING, select menu item 4, EXIT, to leave
the O2 CAL procedure.
9. From the PERFORM O2 CAL screen, view menu item 3, CALSTATE, to
monitor the calibration status as it updates. Or, access the O2 CALI-
BRATE screen and select menu item 2, O2 CAL STATUS, to view menu
item 1, CALSTATE; menu item 2, TIMEREMAIN; and menu item 3,
PRESENT O2, as the calibration status updates.
10. When CALSTATE displays STOP GAS, return to the O2 CAL proce-
dure.
Failure to remove the Oxymitter 4000 from automatic control loops prior to performing this
procedure may result in a dangerous operating condition.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
7-9
Oxymitter 4000
11. When the "Loop should be returned to automatic control" message
appears, return the Hazardous Area Oxymitter 4000 to the automatic
control loops previously removed and press OK.
12. At the STOP GAS status prompt, select menu item 2, NEXT CAL STEP
When the status displays PURGING, select menu item 4, EXIT, to leave
the O2 CAL procedure.
13. From the PERFORM O2 CAL screen, view menu item 3, CALSTATE, to
monitor the calibration status as it updates. Or, access the O2 CALI-
BRATE screen and select menu item 2, O2 CAL STATUS, to view menu
item 1, CAL-STATE; menu item 2, TIMEREMAIN; and menu item 3,
PRESENT O2, as the calibration status updates.
14. When CALSTATE displays COMPLETE, the calibration is finished.
DEFINING A TIMED
CALIBRATION VIA HART
Use the following procedure to specify a time interval (in hours) at which the
Oxymitter 4000 will be automatically calibrated. If necessary, use the menu
tree in Figure 7-3 (Sheet 2 of 3) for reference.
NOTE
To select a menu item, either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the
menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select
the menu item number. To return to a preceding menu, press the left arrow
key.
1. From the DEVICE SETUP screen, select DETAILED SETUP.
2. From the DETAILED SETUP screen, select O2 CALIBRATION.
3. From the O2 CALIBRATION screen, select menu item 6, CAL MODE.
Set the CAL MODE to AUTO.
4. Return to the O2 CALIBRATION screen and select menu item 7, CAL
INTRVL.
5. At the prompt, input a time interval (in hours) at which an automatic
calibration will occur; then press ENTER.
D/A TRIM PROCEDURE
The D/A trim procedure is used to calibrate the 4-20 mA output signal to a
precision mA measurement device (calibrated digital ammeter, etc.). The
procedure is interactive and stored in the Oxymitter software.
Use one of the following communication methods to access the D/A trim
procedure:
LOI Menu
1. Use the "Z" pattern key entry to access the LOI menu.
2. Press the down key two times to access the SYSTEM menu.
3. Press the down key once to access the Input/Output menu.
4. From the Analog selection, press the right-pointing key to display the
Analog submenu listing.
5. Press the down key as needed to access Trim O2 Out.
6. Press the Enter key to start the trim procedure. Follow the LOI display
prompts to perform the trim procedure.
Oxymitter 4000
7-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.processanalytic.com
Section 8 Troubleshooting
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8-3
Alarm Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8-3
Alarm Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8-4
Identifying and Correcting Alarm Indications . . . . . . . . . page 8-5
Heater Not Open, but Unable to Reach 736°C Setpoint . page 8-22
Calibration Passes, but Still Reads Incorrectly . . . . . . . . page 8-22
OVERVIEW
While the Oxymitter 4000 electronics provides a significant number of
diagnostic alarms to assist in troubleshooting potential problems, it is good to
place these alarms in perspective with respect to the instrument's operating
principles:
When the Zirconium Oxide sensing cell is heated to its setpoint [1357°F
(736°C)], the cell will generate a voltage that rep resents the difference
between the process O
2
% and the reference O
2
% inside the probe (20.95%
O
2
ambient air).
Test points, Figure 8-1, are provided to read the raw millivolt value generated
by the thermocouple that controls the cell temperature and also the raw cell
signal.
The cell temperature at test points 3 and 4 should always be stable at
approximately 29 to 30 millivolts, which represents the [1357°F (736°C)]
setpoint temperature.
When flowing calibration gasses, the raw cell millivolt value at test points 1
and 2 should represent the levels on the chart in Figure 8-1. Note that the raw
cell millivolt value increases logarithmically as the O
2
concentration
decreases.
Oxymitter 4000
8-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 8-1. O
2
Sensor mV
Reading vs. % O
2
at 1357°F
(736°C) (Reference Air, 20.9%
O
2
)
38890043
1001010.01 0.10
0
50
100
150
200
ConcentrationO (%)
2
EMF(mV)
OSensorPerformanceat1357
2
OF(736OC)
O
2
% 100 20 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4
EMF(mV) -34 1.0 7.25 16.1 18.4 21.1 23.8 27.2 31.2 36.0
O
2
% 3 2 1 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.01
EMF(mV) 42.3 51.1 66.1 71.0 77.5 81.5 86.3 101.4 116.6 166.8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-3
Oxymitter 4000
GENERAL
The troubleshooting section describes how to identify and isolate faults that
may develop in the Oxymitter 4000. When troubleshooting, reference the
following.
Grounding
It is essential that adequate grounding precautions are taken when installing
the system. Thoroughly check both the probe and electronics to ensure the
grounding quality has not degraded during fault finding. The system provides
facilities for 100% effective grounding and the total elimination of ground
loops.
Electrical Noise
The Oxymitter 4000 has been designed to operate in the type of environment
normally found in a boiler room or control room. Noise suppression circuits
are employed on all field terminations and main inputs. When fault finding,
evaluate the electrical noise being generated in the immediate circuitry of a
faulty system. Ensure all cable shields are connected to earth.
Loose Integrated Circuits
The Oxymitter 4000 uses a microprocessor and supporting integrated circuits
(IC). If the electronics are handled roughly during installation or located where
subjected to severe vibration, the ICs could work loose. Before troubleshoot-
ing the system, ensure all ICs are fully seated.
Electrostatic Discharge
Electrostatic discharge can damage the ICs used in the electronics. Before
removing or handling the processor board or the ICs, ensure you are at
ground potential.
ALARM INDICATIONS
The first indication of a problem at the analyzer usually comes from the Oper-
ators running the process. Critical alarms that render the O
2
measurement
unusable will force the 4-20 mA analog output signal representing O
2
to go to
a default condition, as follows:
Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads after troubleshooting. Failure
to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
4-20 mA Signal Alarm Levels
4-20 mA signal Analyzer Condition
0 mA Analyzer unpowered, or completely failed
3.5 mA Critical Alarm - analyzer reading unusable (factory default)
3.8 mA Reading Under Range (Example - user sets range to 2-10%. Current
reading is 1.9%)
4 to 20 mA Normal Operation
20.5 mA Reading Over Range (Example - range is 0-10%. Current reading is 12%)
>21 mA Critical Alarm - analyzer reading is unuasble (user can choose this alarm
level instead of the factory default level of 3.5 to 3.6 mA)
Oxymitter 4000
8-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
NOTE
Make sure that the Control System is configured to interpret these signal
levels correctly!
Once an alarm condition is indentified, the Oxymitter 4000 electronics offers a
number of diagnostics to interpret the specific alarm.
If the Oxymitter 4000 has the simple keypad operator interface, the majority of
fault conditions will be indicated by one of the four LEDs referred to as
diagnostic, or unit alarms on the operator's keypad (Figure 8-2). An LED will
flash a code that will correspond to an error message. Only one LED will blink
at a time. An alarm code guide is provided inside the screw-on cover for the
electronics.
Alarm indications will also be available via the optional LOI or the HART
Model 275/375 hand-held communicator and Rosemount Analytical's Asset
Management software. When the error is corrected and/or power is cycled,
the diagnostic alarms will clear or the next error on the priority list will appear.
Figure 8-2. Diagnostic LEDs
ALARM CONTACTS
If autocalibration is not utilized, a common bidirectional logic contact is pro-
vided for any of the diagnostic alarms listed in Table 8-1. The assignment of
alarms which can actuate this contact can be modified to one of seven addi-
tional groupings (mode 0 through mode 7) listed in Table 7-1.
The logic contact is self-powered, +5 VDC, with a 340 ohm series resistance.
An interposing relay will be required if this contact is to be utilized to annunci-
ate a higher voltage device, such as a light or horn. An interposing relay may
also be required for certain DCS input cards.
38890044
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
02 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
02 CELL mV +
02 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% 02
Diagnostic
LEDs
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-5
Oxymitter 4000
A Potter & Brumfield R10S-E1Y1-J1.0K 3.2 mA DC or an equal interposing
relay will be mounted where the contact wires terminate in the control/relay
room.
If autocalibration systems are utilized, the bidirectional logic contact is utilized
as a "hand-shake" signal between the autocalibration system (SPS 4001B or
IMPS 4000) and is unavailable for alarming purposes. Additional contacts are
provided through the autocalibration systems, noted below.
SPS 4001B and IMPS 4000, 1-4 probes
One contact closure per probe from the control room to the SPS 4001B
or IMPS 4000 for "calibration initiate".
One contact output per probe from the SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000 to the
control room for "in calibration" notification.
One contact output per probe from the SPS 4001B or IMPS 4000 to the
control room for "calibration failed" notification. (Includes output from
pressure switch indicating "cal gas bottles empty").
Additional IMPS 4000 Alarm Contacts
One contact per IMPS 4000 for "low calibration gas flowing".
One contact per IMPS 4000 for "high calibration gas flowing".
NOTE
The 4-20 mA signal can be configured to respond normally during any
calibration, or can be configured to hold the last O
2
value upon the initiation of
calibration. Factory default is for the 4-20 mA signal to operate normally
throughout calibration.
NOTE
Holding the last O
2
value may be useful if several probes are being averaged
for the purpose of automatic control. Unless several probes are being
averaged, always place any control loops using the O
2
signal into manual
prior to calibrating.
IDENTIFYING AND
CORRECTING ALARM
INDICATIONS
For an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad, faults are indicated by four
diagnostic, or unit, alarm LEDs. A pattern of repeating blinks define the
problem. A condensed table of the errors and the corresponding blink codes
can be found on the inside right cover of the electronics housing. Table 8-1
also identifies the blink code and fault status of each LED as well as the
output of the 4-20 mA signal line and a fault number that corresponds to the
troubleshooting instructions provided in this section.
For an Oxymitter 4000 with the optional LOI, alarm messages are displayed
on the LOI display window when the alarm status display is accessed via the
LOI menu. A listing of the alarm/fault messages and the related fault status
descriptions and fault numbers are shown in Table 8-2.
Oxymitter 4000
8-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Table 8-1. Diagnostic/Unit
Alarm Fault Definitions -
Membrane Keypad Only
*Critical alarm conditions will render the O
2
measurement as unusable, and any of these events will cause the 4-20 mA signal to go to a
user-selectable limit of 3.5 mA or 21.6 mA (position 3 of SW2). Factory default value is 3.5 mA. Alarms which are not self-clearing
(Self-Clearing = NO) will require a reset. Perform the Reset Procedure in Section 2: Configuration of Oxymitter 4000 with Membrane
Keypad to continue operation.
**The CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED alarm flashes the Calibration Recommended LED on the operator's keypad.
Table 8-2. Diagnostic/Unit
Alarm Fault Definitions - LOI
LED Flashes Status 4-20 mA Line Fault Recoverable
HEATER T/C 1
2
3
4
Open
Shorted
Reversed
A/D Comm Error
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
1
2
3
4
No
No
No
No
HEATER 1
2
3
4
5
Open
High High Temp
High Case Temp
Low Temp
High Temp
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
3.5 mA (factory default)*
5
6
7
8
9
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
O
2
CELL 1
3
4
High mV
Bad
EEprom Corrupt
3.5 mA (factory default)*
Track O
2
3.5 mA (factory default)*
10
11
12
Yes
Yes
No
CALIBRATION 1
2
3
**
Invalid Slope
Invalid Constant
Last Calibration Failed
Calibration Recommended
Track O
2
Track O
2
Track O
2
Track O
2
13
14
15
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Message Status Fault Number Self Clearing
O2 T/C OPEN Heater T/C Open 1 No
O2 T/C SHORTED Heater T/CShorted 2 No
O2 T/C REVERSED Heater T/C Polarity Reversed 3 No
ADC ERROR A/D Comm Error 4 No
O2 HEATER OPEN O2 Heater Open 5 No
VERY HI O2 TEMP Very High Process Temperature 6 No
BOARD TEMP HI Electronics Overheated 7 Yes
O2 TEMP LOW Low Process Temperature 8 Yes
O2 TEMP HI High Process Temperature 9 Yes
O2 CELL OPEN O2 Cell Open 10 Yes
O2 CELL BAD O2 Cell Failed 11, 13, 14 Yes
EEPROM CORRUPT EEprom Failed 12 No
CALIB FAILED Last Calibration Failed 15 Yes
LINE FREQ ERROR Incorrect Input Line Frequency Detected on Power Up No
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-7
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-3. Fault 1, Open Thermocouple Fault 1, Open Thermocouple
Figure 8-3 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and a Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view). The upper view also shows J1 and test
points TP1 through TP6, located on the
microprocessor board, below the membrane
keypad or the LOI module.
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 1 is detected, the HEATER T/C LED
flashes once, pauses for three seconds, and
repeats.
1. Check connector J1. Ensure the connector
is properly seated.
2. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage
from TP3+ to TP4-. If the reading is 1.2
VDC ±0.1 VDC, the thermocouple is open.
3. Remove power. Disconnect J1. Measure
the resistance across the red and yellow
thermocouple leads. The resistance should
be approximately 1 ohm.
4. If the thermocouple is open, see "Heater
Strut Replacement" in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 1 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 T/C Open" message.
1. Remove power. Unscrew and remove the
LOI module from the electronic assembly.
2. Reconnect power to the Oxymitter 4000.
3. Perform the diagnostic steps 1 through 4
shown for the membrane keypad.
38890019
LOI
KEYPAD
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Alarms
O2T/COpen
8-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-4. Fault 2, Shorted Thermocouple Fault 2, Shorted Thermocouple
Figure 8-4 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view). The upper view also shows J1 and test
points TP1 through TP6, located on the
microprocessor board, below the membrane
keypad or the LOI module.
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 2 is detected, the HEATER T/C LED
flashes twice, pauses for three seconds, and
repeats.
1. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage
from TP3+ to TP4-. If the reading is 0 ±0.5
mV, then a shorted thermocouple is likely.
2. Remove power and disconnect J1.
3. Measure the resistance from TP3+ to TP4-.
The reading should be approximately 20K
ohms.
4. If so, the short is not on the PC board. The
thermocouple wiring or the thermocouple is
shorted. See "Heater Strut Replacement" in
Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 2 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 T/C Shorted" message.
1. Remove power. Unscrew and remove the
LOI module from the electronic assembly.
2. Reconnect power to the Oxymitter 4000.
3. Perform the diagnostic steps 1 through 4
shown for the membrane keypad.
38890020
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
O2T/CShorted
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-9
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-5. Fault 3, Reversed Thermocouple Fault 3, Reversed Thermocouple Wiring or
Faulty PC Board
Figure 8-5 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view). The upper view also shows J1 and test
points TP1 through TP6, located on the
microprocessor board, below the membrane
keypad or the LOI module.
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 3 is detected, the HEATER T/C LED
flashes three times, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats.
1. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage
from TP3+ to TP4-. If the reading is
negative, the thermocouple wiring is
reversed.
2. Check red and yellow wires in the J1
connector for the proper placement.
3. If the wiring is correct, the fault is in the PC
board. See "Electronic Assembly
Replacement" in Section 9: Maintenance
and Service.
LOI
When Fault 3 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 T/C Reversed" message.
1. Remove power. Unscrew and remove the
LOI module from the electronic assembly.
2. Reconnect power to the Oxymitter 4000.
3. Perform the diagnostic steps 1 through 3
shown for the membrane keypad.
38890021
Alarms
O2T/CReversed
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
LOI
KEYPAD
8-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-6. Fault 4, A/D Comm Error
Fault 4, A/D Comm Error
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 4 is detected, the HEATER T/C LED
flashes four times, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats (Figure 8-6).
1. Call the factory for assistance.
LOI
When Fault 4 is detected, the LOI displays the
"ADC Error" message.
1. Call the factory for assistance.
38890022
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL m -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
V
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
ADCError
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-11
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-7. Fault 5, Open Heater
Fault 5, Open Heater
Figure 8-7 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and a Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 5 is detected, the HEATER LED
flashes once, pauses for three seconds, and
repeats.
1. Remove power.
2. Remove the electronic assembly per
"Electronic Assembly Replacement" in
Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
3. Using a multimeter, measure the resistance
across the terminals of heater connector,
J8.
4. The measurement should be approxi-
mately 72 ohms. If the heater is open, see
"Heater Strut Replacement" in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 5 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Heater Open" message.
1. Remove power. Unscrew and remove the
LOI module from the electronic assembly.
2. Perform the diagnostic steps 2 through 4
shown for the membrane keypad.
38890023
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
O2HeaterOpen
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
8-12
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-8. Fault 6, High High Heater Temp
Fault 6, High High Heater Temp
Figure 8-8 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 6 is detected, the HEATER LED
flashes twice, pauses for three seconds, and
repeats.
1. The High High Heater Temp alarm will
activate when the thermocouple produces
a voltage of 37.1 mV [1652°F (900°C)].
2. The triac and the temperature control may
be at fault.
3. Remove power. Allow Oxymitter 4000 to
cool for five minutes. Restore power.
4. If the condition repeats, replace the
electronic assembly per "Electronic
Assembly Replacement" in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 6 is detected, the LOI displays the
"Very Hi O2 Temp" message.
1. The very high O2 temperature alarm will
activate when the thermocouple produces
a voltage of 37.1 mV [1652°F (900°C)].
2. The triac and the temperature control may
be at fault.
3. Remove power. Allow the Oxymitter 4000
to cool for five minutes. Restore power.
4. If the condition repeats, replace the
electronic assembly per "Electronic
Assembly Replacement" in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service.
38890024
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
VeryHiO2Temp
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-13
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-9. Fault 7, High Case Temp Fault 7, High Case Temp
Figure 8-9 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 7 is detected, The HEATER LED
flashes three times, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats.
1. If the case temperature exceeds [18F
(85°C)], the temperature control will shut
off and the 4-20 mA signal output will go to
the default value.
2. This signifies that the environment where
the Oxymitter 4000 is installed exceeds the
ambient temperature requirements or that
heat due to convection is causing case
temperature to rise above the limit.
3. Placing a spool piece between the stack
flange and the Oxymitter 4000 flange may
eliminate this problem.
4. If a spool piece does not solve the problem,
relocation is the only solution.
LOI
When Fault 7 is detected, the LOI displays the
"Board Temp Hi" message. Refer to the
comments in paragraphs 1 through 4 above.
38890025
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
BoardTempHi
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
8-14
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-10. Fault 8, Low Heater Temp
Fault 8, Low Heater Temp
Figure 8-10 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 8 is detected, the HEATER LED
flashes four times, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats.
1. The low heater temperature alarm is active
when the thermocouple reading has
dropped below 28.6 mV.
2. If the thermocouple reading continues to
ramp downward for one minute and does
not return to the temperature set point of
approximately 29.3 mV, then an Open
Heater fault will be displayed.
3. Power down the electronics. Remove the
electronic assembly per "Electronic
Assembly Replacement" in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service. Using a
multimeter, measure the resistance across
the terminals of heater connector, J8.
4. If the heater is good, the reading will be
approximately 70 ohms. If the heater is
open, see "Heater Strut Replacement" in
Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 8 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Temp Low" message. Refer to the
comments and procedures in paragraphs 1
through 4 above.
38890026
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
O2TempLow
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-15
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-11. Fault 9, High Heater Temp
Fault 9, High Heater Temp
Figure 8-11 shows the electronic assembly for an
Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad (upper
view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI (lower
view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 9 is detected, the HEATER LED
flashes five times, pauses for three seconds, and
repeats.
1. If the thermocouple produces a voltage in
excess of approximately 30.7 mV, the high
heater temp alarm activates.
2. The 4-20 mA signal returns to the default
value (4 or 20 mA).
3. This alarm is self-clearing. When
temperature control is restored and the
thermocouple voltage returns to the normal
range, the alarm clears.
4. If the temperature continues to rise, the
next alarm will be the High High Heater
Temp alarm.
LOI
When Fault 9 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Temp Hi" message. Refer to the comments
and procedures in paragraphs 1 through 4
above.
38890027
LOI
KEYPAD
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Alarms
O2TempHi
8-16
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-12. Fault 10, High Cell mV
Fault 10, High Cell mV
Figure 8-12 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view). The upper view also shows J1 and
test points TP1 through TP6, located on the
microprocessor board, below the membrane
keypad or the LOI module.
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 10 is detected, the O2 CELL flashes
once, pauses for three seconds, and repeats.
1. Using a multimeter, measure across TP1+
to TP2-. If you measure 204 mV to 1 volt
DC, the cell reading is due to high
combustibles. This is a self-clearing alarm,
once the combustible conditions go away.
If you measure 1.2 VDC, the cell wires,
either orange or green, have become
detached from the input.
2. One possible cause is connector J1. The
orange or green wire has come loose from
the crimped connection.
3. The platinum pad could also be at fault.
The pad could have broken free from the
back of the cell.
4. Replace heater strut per "Heater Strut
Replacement" in Section 9: Maintenance
and Service. If necessary, replace the cell
and flange assembly per "Cell Replace-
ment" in Section 9: Maintenance and Ser-
vice.
LOI
When Fault 10 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Cell Open" message.
1. Remove power. Unscrew and remove the
LOI module from the electronic assembly.
2. Reconnect power to the Oxymitter 4000.
3. Perform the diagnostic steps 1 through 4
shown for the membrane keypad.
38890028
LOI
KEYPAD
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Alarms
O2CellOpen
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-17
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-13. Fault 11, Bad Cell
Fault 11, Bad Cell
Figure 8-13 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 11 is detected, the O2 CELL flashes
three times, pauses for three seconds, and
repeats.
1. The bad cell alarm activates when the cell
exceeds the maximum resistance value.
2. The cell should be replaced. See "Cell
Replacement" in Section 9: Maintenance
and Service, for cell replacement
instructions.
LOI
When Fault 11 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Cell Bad" message. Refer to the comments
and procedures in paragraphs 1 and 2 above.
38890029
LOI
KEYPAD
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Alarms
O2CellBad
8-18
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-14. Fault 12, EEprom Corrupt
Fault 12, EEprom Corrupt
Figure 8-14 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 12 is detected, the O2 CELL LED
flashes four times, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats.
1. This alarm can occur if the EEprom is
changed for a later version. At power up,
the EEprom is not updated.
2. To correct this problem, power down and
then restore power. The alarm should clear.
3. If the alarm occurs while the unit is running,
there is a hardware problem on the
microprocessor board.
4. If cycling the power does not clear the
alarm, see "Electronic Assembly
Replacement" in Section 9: Maintenance
and Service.
LOI
When Fault 12 is detected, the LOI displays the
"EEprom Corrupt" message. Refer to the
comments and procedures in paragraphs 1
through 4 above.
38890030
LOI
KEYPAD
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
Alarms
EEpromCorrupt
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-19
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-15. Fault 13, Invalid Slope
Fault 13, Invalid Slope
Figure 8-15 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 13 is detected, the CALIBRATION
LED flashes once, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats.
1. During a calibration, the electronics
calculates a slope value. If the value of the
slope is less than 35 mV/dec or more than
52 mV/dec, the slope alarm will be active
until the end of the purge cycle.
2. See "Calibration with Keypad" in Section 9:
Maintenance and Service. Verify the
calibration by carefully repeating it. Ensure
the calibration gases match the calibration
gas parameters. If you attach a multimeter
to TP1+ and TP2-, sample gas
measurements are:
8% O
2
.
23 mV
0.4% O
2
.
85 mV
3. Power down the Oxymitter 4000 and
remove it from the stack.
4. Replace the cell per "Cell Replacement" in
Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 13 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Cell Bad" message. Refer to the comments
and procedures in paragraphs 1 through 4
above.
38890031
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
O2CellBad
8-20
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-16. Fault 14, Invalid Constant Fault 14, Invalid Constant
Figure 8-16 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 14 is detected, the CALIBRATION
LED flashes twice, pauses for three seconds,
and repeats.
1. After a calibration has been performed, the
electronics calculates a cell constant value.
2. If the cell constant value is outside of the
range, -4 mV to 10 mV, the alarm will
activate. See "Calibration with Keypad" in
Section 9: Maintenance and Service, and
verify the last calibration was performed
correctly.
3. Power down the Oxymitter 4000 and
remove it from the stack.
4. Replace the cell per "Cell Replacement" in
Section 9: Maintenance and Service.
LOI
When Fault 14 is detected, the LOI displays the
"O2 Cell Bad" message. Refer to the comments
and procedures in paragraphs 1 through 4
above.
38890032
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
O2CellBad
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-21
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 8-17. Fault 15, Last Calibration Failed
Fault 15, Last Calibration Failed
Figure 8-17 shows the electronic assembly for
an Oxymitter 4000 with a membrane keypad
(upper view) and an Oxymitter 4000 with an LOI
(lower view).
Membrane Keypad
When Fault 15 is detected, the CALIBRATION
LED flashes three times, pauses for three
seconds, and repeats.
1. The last calibration failed alarm activates
when the slope and constant values
calculated are out of range and the unit
reverts to using the previous calibration
values.
2. The cell should be replaced. See "Cell
Replacement" in Section 9: Maintenance
and Service, for cell replacement
instructions.
LOI
When Fault 15 is detected, the LOI displays the
"Calib Failed" message. Refer to the comments
in paragraphs 1 and 2 above.
38890033
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
LOI
KEYPAD
Alarms
CalibFailed
Oxymitter 4000
8-22
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
HEATER NOT OPEN,
BUT UNABLE TO REACH
736°C SETPOINT
The temerature setpoint of 736°C can not be reached because the Oxymitter
5000 has an "autotune" function for establishing heater control parameters.
Probes mounted into processes that operate at above 600°C may have a
hard time controlling the temperature with the "autotune" function enabled.
To disable the autotune function, conduct the following procedure with the
LOI.
1. Select System.
2. Select Parameters.
3. Select Auto Tune?
4. Select No to disable the Auto Tune function.
CALIBRATION PASSES,
BUT STILL READS
INCORRECTLY
There are a few fault conditions where no alarm indication is present and the
probe passes calibration but the O
2
reading may still be incorrect:
Probe passes calibration, but still appears to read high
There may be a leak that is permitting ambient air to mix with the process
gases. Since many combustion processes are slightly negative in pressure,
ambient air can be sucked into the cell area, biasing the O
2
reading upward.
1. Make sure that the calibration gas line is capped tightly between
calibrations. If autocal is used make sure the check valve is seating
properly.
2. If an abrasive shield is installed to protect the entire probe from
particulate erosion, a leak in the probe flange gasket can allow ambient
air to migrate down the annular space between the probe and shield,
and then into the cell. Always install a new probe flange gasket when
reinstalling a probe.
There may be a leak inside the probe itself, permitting the reference air
(20.95% O
2
) to mix with the process gases at the cell. To confirm this leak
condition instrument air will need to be connected for reference. Pressurize
the inside (reference side) of the probe by plugging the reference air exhaust
port with your finger for 1 minute. The O
2
reading should decrease slightly. If
the O
2
reading increases during this test there is a leak inside the probe.
1. Acid condensation inside the probe can degrade the red silicon tube
(28, Figure 9-3) that carries the cal gas to the cell. Remove housing (21)
to inspect this hose. (See Section 9: Maintenance and Service). Black
vitan material is optionally available with greater chemical resistance.
Figure 8-18. Probe Leakage
Paths
BOTTOMVIEW
38890045
PROBEHEAD
Corrugated
Seal
Reference Air
ExhaustPort
Probe
Flange
Gasket
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
8-23
Oxymitter 4000
2. The sensing cell is bolted to the end of the probe and uses a corrugated
metallic seal (5, Figure 9-3) to separate the process gases from the
ambient reference air. This seal can be used only one time so always
replace this seal when a cell is removed or replaced. Always apply
anti-seize compound on both sides of the corrugations.
Probe passes calibration, but still appears to read low
The diffusion element at the end of the probe is a passive filter. It plugs very
slowly since there is no active flow being drawn across it. In applications that
have a heavy particulate loading (coal or wood fired boilers, cement and lime
kilns, catalyst regeneration, recovery boilers, etc.), this diffusion element will
eventually plug.
It is important not to pressurize the sensing cell during calibrations by flowing
excessive cal gas against a plugged diffuser. Calibration flow rates should be
set only when a new diffuser is installed. As the diffuser plugs do not adjust
the flow rates upward.
How do I detect a plugged diffuser?
The O
2
signal's speed of response will degrade. The O
2
trend in the control
room will become smoother.
When calibrating, the calibration gas flow rate will be noted to be lower. Never
readjust this flow upwards. Adjust this flow only when a new diffuser is
installed.
Always note the time it takes for the cell to recover to the normal process
value after the cal gas is removed. As the diffuser plugs this recovery time will
get longer and longer. Use the Calibration Record form provided in this
manual.
Can I calibrate a badly plugged diffuser?
It may not be possible to immediately replace a plugged diffuser while the
process is on line.
One can calibrate the probe without pressurizing the cell by adjusting the
calibration gas flow rate downward before calibration. For instance, say the
process is at 3% and the first calibration gas is 8%. Adjust the flow of cal gas
downward until the reading begins to migrate from 8% to lower values
indicating that process gases are now mixing in with the calibration gases.
Adjust the flow rate back up until this mixing is just eliminated. Calibrate at this
flow rate. Replace the diffuser at the first opportunity.
Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads after troubleshooting. Failure
to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
Oxymitter 4000
9-0
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Calibration Record
For
Rosemount Analytical In Situ O
2
Probe
Probe Serial Number: ______________________________________________________________________
Probe Tag Number: _______________________________________________________________________
Probe Location: __________________________________________________________________________
Date Placed Into Service: __________________________________________________________________
Notes: Response
initial
When the second calibration gas is turned off, note the number of seconds required for the O
2
value to begin migrating
back to the process value.
Response
final
When the second calibration gas is turned off, note the number of seconds required for the O
2
value to settle out at the
process value.
Date Slope Constant Impedance Response
initial
Response
final
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 9 Maintenance and Service
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9-1
Calibration with Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9-1
Calibration with LOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9-5
Oxymitter 4000 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 9-7
OVERVIEW
This section identifies the calibration methods available and provides the
procedures to maintain and service the Oxymitter 4000.
CALIBRATION WITH
KEYPAD
During a calibration, two calibration gases with known O
2
concentrations are
applied to the Oxymitter 4000. Slope and constant values calculated from the
two calibration gases determine if the Oxymitter 4000 is correctly measuring
the net concentration of O
2
in the industrial process. A calibration record
sheet has been provided on the opposite page to track performance.
Before calibrating, verify that the calibration gas parameters are correct by
setting the gas concentrations used when calibrating the unit (see "Overview"
in Section 5: Startup and Operation of Oxymitter 4000 with Membrane
Keypad, or Section 6: Startup and Operation of Oxymitter 4000 with LOI) and
by setting the calibration gas flowmeter. The calibration gas flowmeter
regulates the calibration gas flow and must be set to 5 scfh. Only adjust the
flowmeter to 5 scfh after placing a new diffusion element on the end of the
Oxymitter 4000. Adjusting the flowmeter at any other time can pressurize the
cell and bias the calibration.
In applications with a heavy dust loading, the O
2
probe diffusion element may
become plugged over time, causing a slower speed of response. The best
way to detect a plugged diffusion element is to note the time it takes the
Oxymitter 4000 to return to the normal process reading after the last
calibration gas is removed and the calibration gas line is blocked off. A
plugged diffusion element also can be indicated by a slightly lower reading on
the flowmeter.
Change the diffusion element when the calibration gas flowmeter reads
slightly lower during calibration or when response to the process flue gases
becomes very slow. Each time the diffusion element is changed, reset the
Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads after equipment repair or
service. Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death.
Oxymitter 4000
9-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 9-1. Membrane Keypad
calibration gas flowmeter to 5 scfh and calibrate the Oxymitter 4000. To
change the diffusion element, refer to "Ceramic Diffusion Element
Replacement".
Three types of calibration methods are available: automatic, semi-automatic,
and manual.
NOTE
A calibration can be aborted any time during the process. Press the CAL key
(Figure 9-1) on the Oxymitter 4000 keypad three times within three seconds,
or abort via the LOI, HART/AMS, or an IMPS 4000. An aborted calibration will
retain the values of the previous good calibration.
Automatic Calibration
Automatic calibrations require no operator action. However, the calibration
gases must be permanently piped to the Oxymitter 4000, an SPS 4001B or
IMPS 4000 must be installed to sequence the gases, and the logic I/O must
be set to mode 8 via HART/AMS so the sequencer and Oxymitter 4000 can
communicate.
Depending on your system setup, an automatic calibration can be initiated by
the following methods:
1. The Oxymitter 4000's CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED alarm signals
that a calibration is required.
2. Enter a "time since last cal" parameter (CAL INTRVL) via HART/AMS or
the LOI that will initiate an automatic calibration at a scheduled time
interval (in hours). To configure the CAL INTRVL parameter, refer to
"Defining a Timed Calibration via HART" in Section 7: HART/AMS, or
"Navigating the Local Operator Interface" in Section 6: Startup and
Operation of Oxymitter 4000 with LOI.
38890085
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-3
Oxymitter 4000
3. If using an IMPS 4000, enter a time interval via the IMPS 4000 keypad
that will initiate an automatic calibration at a scheduled time interval (in
hours). To set the CalIntvX parameter of the CHANGE PRESETS
display mode, refer to the IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas
Sequencer Instruction Manual for more information.
Once an automatic calibration is initiated, by any of the methods previously
described, the Oxymitter 4000's CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED alarm
signals an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B to initiate a calibration. The sequencer
sends an "in cal" signal to the control room so that any automatic control loops
can be placed in manual. Then, the sequencer begins to sequence the
calibration gases.
Semi-Automatic
Calibration
Semi-automatic calibrations only require operator initiation. However, the
calibration gases must be permanently piped to the Oxymitter 4000, an SPS
4001B or IMPS 4000 must be installed to sequence the gases, and the logic
I/O must be set to mode 8 or 9 via HART/AMS to allow the sequencer and the
Oxymitter 4000 to communicate.
Depending on your system setup, a semi-automatic calibration can be
initiated by the following methods:
1. Oxymitter 4000 with membrane keypad. Press the CAL key on the
Oxymitter 4000 keypad.
2. Oxymitter 4000 with LOI. Select "Start Calib" from the CALIBRATION
menu.
3. IMPS 4000. Use the IMPS 4000 keypad to change the InitCalX
parameter of the CHANGE PRESETS display mode from 0000 to 0001.
Refer to the IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer
Instruction Manual for more information.
4. HART. Use the HART Communicator to access the O
2
CALIBRATE
menu and perform the O
2
CAL method. Refer to "HART Communicator
O
2
Cal Method" in Section 7: HART/AMS for the complete calibration
procedure.
5. AMS. Refer to AMS documentation for more information.
6. Remote Contact. Initiate a calibration from a remote location via the
remote contact input connection provided by an IMPS 4000 or SPS
4001B. Refer to the documentation available for the control system in
use for more information.
Once a semi-automatic calibration is initiated by any of the methods
previously described, the Oxymitter 4000's CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
alarm signals an IMPS 4000 or SPS 4001B to initiate a calibration. The
sequencer sends an "in cal" signal to the control room so that any automatic
control loops can be placed in manual. Then, the sequencer begins to
sequence the calibration gases.
Manual Calibration with
Membrane Keypad
Manual calibrations must be performed at the Oxymitter 4000 site and will
require operator intervention throughout the process. Manual calibration
instructions, in condensed form, can also be found on the inside of the right
electronics housing cover. See Figure 9-2.
Use the following procedure to perform a manual calibration:
1. Place control loop in manual.
Oxymitter 4000
9-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 9-2. Inside Right Cover
2. Verify the calibration gas parameters are correct per "Calibration with
Keypad".
3. If performing a manual calibration with the CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED LED off and the CAL LED off, start at step a.
4. If performing a manual calibration with the CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED LED on and the CAL LED on, start at step b.
a. Push the CAL key. The CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED LED will
come on and the CAL LED will be on solid. If a multimeter is
attached across TP5 and TP6, the reading will display the
percentage of oxygen seen by the cell.
b. Push the CAL key. The CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED LED will
turn off and the CAL LED will flash continuously. The Oxymitter 4000
can be configured so that the 4-20 mA signal will hold the last value.
The default condition is for the output to track. A flashing LED
indicates that the Oxymitter 4000 is ready to accept the first
calibration gas.
c. Apply the first calibration gas. (Electronics will abort the calibration if
step 4 is not done within 30 minutes).
d. Push the CAL key; the CAL LED will be on solid. A timer is activated
to allow the calibration gas adequate time to flow (default time of five
minutes). When the timer times out, the Oxymitter 4000 has taken
the readings using the first calibration gas and the CAL LED will flash
continuously. The flashing indicates the Oxymitter 4000 is ready to
take readings using the second calibration gas.
SW2DIP SWITCH
HART LOCAL
0-10% 0-25%
4mA 20mA
NOTUSEDNOTUSED
LED
HEATER
O2CELL
CALIBRATION
HEATERT/C
STATUS
OPEN
SHORTED
REVERSED
HIGHHIGH
TEMP
HIGHCASE
TEMP
LOWTEMP
HIGHTEMP
OPEN
BAD
EPROM
CORRUPT
INVALIDSLOPE
INVALID
CONSTANT
FLASHES
1
2
3
4
1
2
OPEN
3
4
5
1
3
4
1
2
PUSHCAL
CAL LEDON
APPLY TG1
PUSHCAL
CAL LEDONSOLID
REMOVETG1& APPLY TG2
PUSHCAL
CAL LEDONSOLID
WAITFORFLASH
REMOVETG2
PUSHCAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ALARMS
MANUAL
CALIBRATION
CAL LEDONFOR
PURGETIME
WAITFORFLASH
CAL LEDOFF
PUSHCAL
CAL LEDFLASH
2FLASH-VALIDCAL
3FLASH-INVALIDCAL
8
PLACECONTROL LOOP
INMANUAL
IFCAL LEDON
GOTOSTEP 2
*
*
3LASTCAL
FAILED
A/DCOMM
ERROR
38890086
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-5
Oxymitter 4000
e. Remove the first calibration gas and apply the second calibration
gas. (Electronics will abort the calibration if step f is not done within
30 minutes).
f. Push the CAL key; the CAL LED will be on solid. The timer is
activated for the second calibration gas flow. When the timer times
out, the CAL LED will flash a 2 pattern flash or a 3 pattern flash (2
pattern flash equals a valid calibration, 3 pattern flash equals an
invalid calibration). If the slope or the constant is out of specification,
a diagnostic alarm LED will be flashing. The diagnostic alarm will
remain active until the purge cycle is over. If the three pattern flash
occurs without a diagnostic alarm, the calibration gases could be the
same or the calibration gas was not turned on.
A flashing CAL LED indicates the calibration is done. (See Section 8:
Troubleshooting, for an explanation of the 2 pattern and 3 pattern
flashes).
g. Remove the second calibration gas and cap off the calibration gas
port.
h. Push the CAL key; the CAL LED will be on solid as the unit purges.
(Default purge time is three minutes). When the purge is complete,
the CAL LED will turn off and the Oxymitter 4000 output unlocks from
its held value and begins to read the process O
2
.
If the calibration was valid, the DIAGNOSTIC ALARMS LEDs will
indicate normal operation. If either new calibration value (slope or
constant) is not within parameters, the DIAGNOSTIC ALARMS LED
will indicate an alarm. (See Section 8: Troubleshooting, for alarm
codes). If the calibration was invalid, the Oxymitter 4000 will return to
normal operation, as it was before a calibration was initiated, and the
parameters will not be updated.
5. Place control loop in automatic.
CALIBRATION WITH LOI
Refer to Figure 6-4 for a view of the LOI menu tree. To calibrate the Oxymitter
4000 from the LOI, access the CALIBRATION/ Start Calibration menu.
CALIBRATION/Start Calibration
This is the starting point for calibrations. The LOI will instruct the user through
this entire procedure. Select "Abort Calib" at any time to abort the calibration.
1. The LOI displays the following:
Apply Gas 1
Hit E when ready
The Oxymitter 4000 is ready to accept the first calibration gas. Apply the
first calibration gas. (Electronics will abort the calibration if this step is
not done within 30 minutes).
2. Touch the Enter key to start the Gas 1 flow. A timer is activated to allow
the calibration gas adequate time to flow (default time of five minutes).
The LOI displays:
Flow Gas 1 xxxxs
Read Gas 1 xxxxs
Done Gas 1
Oxymitter 4000
9-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
The display counts down the seconds remaining to flow Gas 1, then the
time remaining for sensing the O
2
concentration of Gas 1. Done Gas 1
indicates completion.
3. Remove the first calibration gas and apply the second calibration gas.
(Electronics will abort the calibration if this step is not done within 30
minutes). The LOI displays the following:
Apply Gas 2
Hit E when ready
4. Touch the Enter arrow to start the Gas 2 flow. The timer is activated and
the LOI displays:
Flow Gas 2 xxxxs
Read Gas 2 xxxxs
Done Gas 2
Stop Gas
Hit E when ready
5. Remove the second calibration gas and cap off the calibration gas port.
Then, touch the Enter arrow to indicate completion. The timer is
activated and the LOI displays:
Purge xxxxs
The default purge time is three minutes. When the gas purge timer
times out, the Oxymitter 4000 begins to read the process O
2
.
Abort Calibration
Exits the calibration. After calibration gases are removed, and the purge times
out, the instrument goes back to normal operational mode.
Cal Constants - Results of the Calibration
Current calibration
If the calibration passed these values will be updated. Log these values
onto the calibration log sheet supplied. If the process has high levels of
particulate, the response back to the process after cal gas is also
removed.
Previous Calibration
Values from the prior good calibration.
Failed Calibration
Bad calibration values are not loaded into the electronics.
Calibration Status
Calibration Step
The current step in an active calibration procedure.
Calibration Time
Time until the next scheduled calibration.
Next O2 Cal
Time until the next O
2
calibration, if different than the next scheduled
calibration.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-7
Oxymitter 4000
OXYMITTER 4000
REPAIR
Each of the following procedures details how to remove and replace a specific
component of the Oxymitter 4000.
Removal and
Replacement of Probe
1. Remove.
a. Turn off power to the system.
b. Shut off the calibration gases at the cylinders and the instrument air.
c. Disconnect the calibration gas and instrument air lines from the
Oxymitter 4000.
d. Remove left housing cover (27, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4).
e. Remove all signal and power wiring to the probe.
f. Remove insulation to access the mounting bolts.
g. Unbolt the Oxymitter 4000 from the stack and take it to a clean work
area.
h. Allow the unit to cool to a comfortable working temperature.
2. Replace.
a. Bolt the Oxymitter 4000 to the stack and install the insulation.
b. Connect all signal and power leads at the probe. Refer to Section 3:
Installation, for detailed wiring instructions.
c. Connect the calibration gas and instrument air lines to probe.
d. Instal left housing cover (27, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4).
e. Turn on instrument air.
f. Restore power to the system; refer to "Power Up" in Section 5:
Startup and Operation of Oxymitter 4000 with Membrane Keypad or
"Power Up" in Section 6: Startup and Operation of Oxymitter 4000
with LOI. When the probe is at operating temperature, calibrate the
probe per "Calibration with Keypad".
NOTE
Recalibration is required whenever electronic cards or sensing cell is
replaced.
It is recommended that the Oxymitter 4000 be removed from the stack for all service
activities. The unit should be allowed to cool and be taken to a clean work area. Failure to
comply may cause severe burns.
Disconnect and lock out power before working on any electrical components. There is
voltage up to 115 VAC.
Oxymitter 4000
9-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 9-3. Oxymitter 4000 with Integral Electronics - Exploded View
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-9
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 9-4. Oxymitter 4000 with Remote Electronics - Exploded View
38890034
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
02 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
02 CELL mV +
02 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% 02
8
9
Note: Theelectronicassembly,item12,
consistsofitems13through20.
20. PowerSupplyBoard
21.Housing
28
21
22
23
24
29
26
2
11
27
25
22
23
24
26
21
17 1819
20
15
16
13 14
12
11
11A
14A
10
10
4
5
6
7
3
2
1
27
REMOTE
ELECTRONICS
PROBEHEAD
INTERCONNECTING
CABLE
PROBE
RefertoFigure9-3for
componentpartsofprobe.
1. MountingKit
2. Screw
3. HousingCover
4. WiringDiagramLabel
5. JunctionBox
6. Jumper Assembly,Power
7. Jumper Assembly,Signal
10. O-Ring
11. BlindCover
11A.WindowCover(Optional)
12. Electronic Assembly
13. Screw
14. MembraneKeypad
14A.LOIModule(Optional)
15. SnapConnector
16. CaptiveMountingScrew
17. MicroprocessorBoard
18. FuseCap
19. Fuse
22. Screw
23.LockWasher
24.CableClamp
25. TerminalBlock,RemoteElectronics
26.MountingScrew
27.LeftHousingCover
28.InterconnectingCable
29. TerminalBlock,RemoteProbeHead
27A
27A
27A
27A
27A
27A.O-Ring
8. AdapterBoard
9. Screw
Oxymitter 4000
9-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Replace Entire Integral Electronics (with Housing)
NOTE
Only perform this procedure on units with integral electronics.
NOTE
Recalibration is required whenever electronic cards or sensing cell is
replaced.
1. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe", to
remove the Oxymitter 4000 from the stack or duct.
2. Remove the right housing cover uncovering the electronic assembly
(Figure 9-5).
3. Depress and remove the J1 (cell and T/C) connector from the J1 socket.
Loosen the three captive mounting screws (16, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4)
on the microprocessor board (top board).
4. The J8 connector (heater leads) (Figure 9-6) can be accessed by
moving the J1 connector leads out of the slot on the microprocessor
board (17) and sliding the electronic assembly (12) partially out of the
housing (Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4).
5. Squeeze the J8 connector on the sides and carefully remove. The
electronic assembly can now be completely removed from the housing.
6. Remove four screws (7, Figure 9-3) from the probe finned housing. The
probe and the electronic housing can now be separated.
7. When reinstalling or replacing the electronic housing, make sure that
O-ring (10) is in good condition. Place the J1 and J8 connectors in the
hole on the flat side of the electronic housing.
8. Hold the J1 and J8 connectors out and to the probe side of the
electronic housing. Make sure that the conduit port of the electronic
housing is on the same side as the CAL and REF gas ports. Replace
the four screws and tighten.
9. Reconnect the J8 connector to the power supply board. Make sure the
connector is secure.
10. Holding the J1 connector leads, slide the electronic assembly the rest of
the way into the housing. Align the electronic assembly so that it fits
flush on the pins. To ensure that it is flush, gently try to rotate the
electronics. If the electronics rotates, repeat the alignment.
11. Reconnect the J1 connector to the microprocessor board. Ensure the
connector is secure and tighten the three captive screws on the
microprocessor board (top board).
12. Replace the housing cover and ensure it is tight.
13. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
install the Oxymitter 4000 into the stack or duct.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-11
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 9-5. Electronic Assembly
Figure 9-6. J8 Connector
500 VA
R
SERIAL NO.
TAG NO.
OXYMITTER 4000
VOLTS: WATTS:
OUTPUT: LINE FUSE:
RosemountAnalyticalInc.
Solon,OH44139
85-264 VAC 48-62 Hz
TM
800-433-6076
4-20 mA
R
5 Amps
TM
HART
SMART FAMILY
38890087
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARMS
TEST
POINTS
HEATER T/C
HEATER
O2 CELL
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED
O2 CELL mV +
O2 CELL mv -
HEATER T/C +
HEATER T/C -
INC INC
DEC DEC
HIGH
GAS
LOW
GAS
CAL
TEST GAS +
PROCESS -
% O2
SW2
TP1 J1
TP2
TP3
RED
YEL
GRN
ORG
TP4
TP5
TP6
ON
J1
Mounting
Screw
Mounting
Screw
Mounting
Screw
38890088
J8
Power
Supply
Board
Oxymitter 4000
9-12
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Electronic Assembly Replacement
(Figure 9-5)
1. Remove the right housing cover uncovering the electronic assembly.
2. Depress and remove the J1 (cell and T/C) connector from the J1 socket.
Loosen the three captive mounting screws (16, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4)
on the microprocessor board (top board).
3. The J8 connector (heater leads) can be accessed by moving the J1 con-
nector leads out of the slot on microprocessor board (17) and sliding the
electronic assembly (12) partially out of the housing (Figure 9-6).
4. Squeeze the J8 connector on the sides and carefully remove. The elec-
tronic assembly can now be completely removed from the housing.
5. Reconnect the J8 connector to the power supply board. Make sure the
connector is secure.
6. Holding the J1 connector leads, slide the electronic assembly the rest of
the way into the housing. Align the electronic assembly so that it fits
flush on the pins. To ensure that it is flush, gently try to rotate the elec-
tronics. If the electronics rotates, repeat the alignment.
7. Reconnect the J1 connector to the microprocessor board. Ensure the
connector is secure and tighten the three captive mounting screws on
the microprocessor board (top board).
8. Replace the housing cover and ensure it is tight.
Terminal Block Replacement
1. Unscrew left housing cover (27, Figure 9-3).
2. Loosen mounting screws (26) on terminal block (25) and carefully lift the
block out of the housing.
3. Carefully align the new terminal block on the pins so that it sits flat in the
housing. The round end of the terminal block should be on the opposite
side of the housing conduit ports and should not be able to rotate.
4. Tighten the three mounting screws and ensure the terminal block is
secure in the housing.
Fuse Replacement
(Figure 9-7)
1. Remove the right housing cover uncovering the electronic assembly.
2. Depress and remove the J1 (cell and T/C) connector from the J1 socket.
Loosen the three captive mounting screws (16, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4)
on the microprocessor board (top board).
3. The J8 connector (heater leads) (Figure 9-6) can be accessed by mov-
ing the J1 connector leads out of the slot on the microprocessor board
(17, Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4) and sliding the electronic assembly (12)
partially out of the housing.
4. Squeeze the J8 connector on the sides and carefully remove. The elec-
tronic assembly can now be completely removed from the housing.
5. Completely remove the three mounting screws (16) on the microproces-
sor board (17).
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-13
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 9-7. Fuse Location
6. Turn the electronic assembly over so that you are looking at the bottom
of the power supply printed circuit board. Gently depress the two white
posts one at a time. Carefully separate the power supply board (20)
from the microprocessor board (17).
7. Remove fuse (19) and replace it with a new one (Figure 9-7).
8. Align the white posts with the post holes on the power supply board and
the pin connector on the power supply board with the connector port on
the back of the microprocessor board. Gently push the boards together
until the white posts snap in place. Ensure the assembly is secure by
gently trying to separate the boards.
9. Reconnect connector J8 to the power supply board. Make sure the con-
nector is secure.
10. Holding the J1 connector leads, slide the electronic assembly the rest of
the way into the housing. Align the electronic assembly so that it fits
flush on the pins. To ensure that it is flush, gently try to rotate the elec-
tronics. If the electronics rotates, repeat the alignment.
11. Reconnect the J1 connector to the microprocessor board. Ensure the
connector is secure and tighten the three captive screws on the micro-
processor board (top board).
12. Replace the housing cover and ensure that it is tight.
Entire Probe Replacement (Excluding Probe Head)
1. Do not attempt to replace the probe until all other possibilities for poor
performance have been considered. If probe replacement is needed,
see Table 10-1 for part numbers.
2. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
remove the Oxymitter 4000 from the stack or duct.
3. Separate the probe and the probe head per "Replace Entire Integral
Electronics (with Housing)", steps 2 through 6.
4. Reinstall the probe head on the new probe per "Replace Entire Integral
Electronics (with Housing)", steps 7 through 13.
38890089
Fuse
Power
Supply
Board
Oxymitter 4000
9-14
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Heater Strut Replacement
This paragraph covers heater strut replacement. Do not attempt to replace the
heater strut until all other possibilities for poor performance have been
considered. If heater strut replacement is needed, order a replacement heater
strut (Table 10-1). Refer to Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4 to view the component
parts of the Oxymitter 4000.
1. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
remove the Oxymitter 4000 from the stack or duct.
2. For a unit with integral electronics, disconnect electronics per "Replace
Entire Integral Electronics (with Housing)", steps 2 through 5.
3. For a unit with remote electronics, remove cover (11, Figure 9-4) from
housing (21) along with adapter board (8) and screw (9) from heater
strut assembly (1, Figure 9-3).
4. Remove four screws (2, Figure 9-4). Remove the probe from housing
(21).
5. Remove tube clamps (29, Figure 9-3) and silicon tubes (28, Figure 9-3)
from the CAL and REF gas ports and the CAL and REF gas lines.
6. Loosen, but do not remove, three screws (30, Figure 9-3). The spring
tension will release and the heater strut assembly should move up.
7. When the spring tension is released, remove three screws (30). Grasp
the wire loop and carefully slide the heater strut assembly (Figure 9-8)
out of the probe tube.
8. When replacing the strut, orient the probe so the small calibration gas
tube is at the 6 o'clock position of the probe tube. Align the slot on the
heater plate with the calibration gas line in the probe tube. Slide the strut
into the probe tube. It will turn to align the hole on the back plate of the
strut with the calibration gas line. When the hole and the calibration gas
line are aligned correctly, the strut will slide in the rest of the way.
9. As the strut installation nears completion, install the guide rod into the
calibration gas tube to assist in guiding the calibration gas tube through
the hole in the end of the strut.
10. Push down on the back plate of the strut to make sure you have spring
tension and then tighten the three screws on the back plate.
11. Replace the CAL and REF gas silicon tubes.
12. For units with integral electronics, install the entire electronics per
"Replace Entire Integral Electronics (with Housing)", steps 7 through 13.
Use heat resistant gloves and clothing when removing probe. Do not attempt to work on the
probe until it has cooled to room temperature. The probe can be as hot as 800°F (427°C).
This can cause severe burns.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-15
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 9-8. Heater Strut
Assembly
13. For units with remote electronics, install the probe head as follows:
a. See Figure 9-9. Make sure that the O-ring is in good condition. Seat
the O-ring in the mating groove of the probe.
b. Insert the probe signal cables into the housing.
c. Turn the conduit ports of the housing to the CAL and REF gas ports
side of the probe and position the housing on the probe.
d. Install and tighten four screws (2, Figure 9-4).
e. Reconnect the probe signal cables to the probe signal and heater
wire connectors, Figure 9-9. Make sure the connectors are secure.
f. Install and tighten cover.
14. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
install the Oxymitter 4000 into the stack or duct.
CeramicSupportRod
CellFlange
Ceramic
Diffuser
Assembly
V-Deflector
Heater
Wire
Loop
38890090
Oxymitter 4000
9-16
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 9-9. Probe to Probe Head
Assembly - Remote Electronics
Only
Cell Replacement
This paragraph covers oxygen sensing cell replacement. Do not attempt to
replace the cell until all other possibilities for poor performance have been
considered. If cell replacement is needed, order the cell replacement kit
(Table 10-1). Refer to Figure 9-3 or Figure 9-4 to view the component parts of
the Oxymitter 4000.
The cell replacement kit (Figure 9-10) contains a cell and flange assembly,
corrugated seal, setscrews, socket head cap screws, and anti-seize
compound. The items are carefully packaged to preserve precise surface
finishes. Do not remove items from the packaging until they are ready to be
used. Spanner wrenches and hex wrenches needed for this procedure are
part of an available special tools kit (Table 10-1 and Figure 10-2).
ProbeSignal
WireConnector
ProbeHeater
WireConnector
4Wire
2Wire
Housing
O-Ring Probe
38890058
Adapter
Board
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-17
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 9-10. Cell Replacement Kitl
1. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
remove the Oxymitter 4000 from the stack or duct.
NOTE
To determine if the diffuser needs to be replaced, refer to "Calibration with
Keypad".
2. If the probe uses the standard diffusion element, use a spanner wrench
to remove the diffuser assembly.
38890091
Wireand
Pad Assembly
Anti-Seize
Compound
22Ga.
Wire
Closedend
Connector
SetScrews
Teflon
Tubing
SocketHead
CapScrews
Celland
Flange
Assembly
CalibrationGas
Passage
ANSI
Gasket
Probe Tube
(NotIncludedinKit)
Corrugated
Seal
Use heat-resistant gloves and clothing when removing the probe. Do not attempt to work on
these components until they have cooled to room temperature. Probe components can be
as hot as 572°F (300°C). This can cause severe burn s.
Disconnect and lock out power before working on any electrical components. There is
voltage of up to 115 VAC.
Do not remove the cell unless certain it needs to be replaced. Removal may damage the
cell and platinum pad. Go through the complete troubleshooting procedure to make sure the
cell needs to be replaced before removing it.
Oxymitter 4000
9-18
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
3. If equipped with the optional ceramic diffusion assembly, remove and
discard the setscrews and remove the vee deflector (Figure 9-11). Use
spanner wrenches from the probe disassembly kit (Table 10-1 and
Figure 10-2), to turn the hub free from the retainer. Inspect the diffusion
element. If damaged, replace the element.
4. Loosen the four socket head cap screws from the cell and flange
assembly and remove the assembly and the corrugated seal. The cell
flange has a notch that may be used to gently pry the flange away from
the probe. Note that the contact pad inside of the probe will sometimes
fuse to the oxygen sensing cell. If the cell is fused to the contact pad,
push the cell assembly back into the probe (against spring pressure)
and quickly twist the cell assembly. The cell and contact pad should
separate. If the contact pad stays fused to the cell, a new contact/
thermocouple assembly must be installed. Disconnect the cell and the
thermocouple wires at the crimp connections and withdraw the cell with
the wires still attached.
5. For units with integral electronics, disconnect the entire electronics per
"Replace Entire Integral Electronics (with Housing)", steps 2 through 5.
6. Remove four screws (7, Figure 9-3) from the probe finned housing. The
probe and the probe head can now be separated.
7. If the contact assembly is damaged, replace the strut or the contact pad.
Instructions for replacing the contact pad are in the cell replacement kit.
8. Remove and discard the corrugated seal. Clean the mating faces of the
probe tube and retainer. Remove burrs and raised surfaces with a block
of wood and crocus cloth. Clean the threads on the retainer and hub.
9. Rub a small amount of anti-seize compound on both sides of the new
corrugated seal.
10. Assemble the cell and flange assembly, corrugated seal, and probe
tube. Make sure the calibration tube lines up with the calibration gas
passage in each component. Apply a small amount of anti-seize
compound to the screw threads and use the screws to secure assembly.
Torque to 35 in-lbs (4 N·m).
11. Install the entire electronics per "Replace Entire Integral Electronics
(with Housing)", steps 7 through 13.
12. Apply anti-seize compound to the threads of the cell assembly, hub, and
setscrews. Reinstall the hub on the cell assembly. Using pin spanner
wrenches, torque to 10 ft-lbs (14 N·m). If applicable, reinstall the vee
deflector, orienting apex toward gas flow. Secure with the setscrews and
anti-seize compound. Torque to 25 in-lbs (2.8 N·m).
13. On systems equipped with an abrasive shield, install the dust seal
gaskets, with joints 180° apart.
14. Reinstall the probe and gasket on the stack flange.
15. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
install the Oxymitter 4000 into the stack or duct. If there is an abrasive
shield in the stack, make sure the dust seal gaskets are in place as they
enter the 15° reducing cone.
16. Turn on power and monitor thermocouple output. It should stabilize at
29.3+0.2 mV. Set reference air flow at 1 l/min (2 scfh). After the
Oxymitter 4000 stabilizes, calibrate the unit. If new components have
been installed, repeat calibration after 24 hours of operation.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
9-19
Oxymitter 4000
Ceramic Diffusion Element Replacement
NOTE
This refers to the ceramic diffusion element only.
General
The diffusion element protects the cell from particles in process gases.
Normally, it does not need to be replaced because the vee deflector
protects it from particulate erosion.
In severe environments, the filter may be broken or subject to excessive
erosion. Examine the ceramic diffusion element whenever removing the
probe for any purpose. Replace if damaged.
Damage to the ceramic diffusion element may become apparent during
calibration. Compare probe response with previous response. A broken
diffusion element will cause a slower response to calibration gas. Hex
wrenches needed to remove setscrews and socket head screws in the
following procedure are available as part of a Probe Disassembly Kit,
Table 10-1.
Replacement Procedure
a. Follow the instructions in "Removal and Replacement of Probe" to
remove the Oxymitter 4000 from the stack or duct.
b. Loosen setscrews, Figure 9-11, using hex wrench from Probe
Disassembly Kit, Table 10-1, and remove vee deflector. Inspect
setscrews. If damaged, replace with stainless setscrews coated with
anti-seize compound.
Figure 9-11. Ceramic Diffuser
Element Replacement
Retainer Spanner
Wrench
OptionalCeramic
DiffusionElement
SetScrew
Vee
Deflector
Cement
Fillet
Cement
Port
Hub
38890092
Oxymitter 4000
9-20
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Figure 9-12. Contact and
Thermocouple Assembly
Replacement
Termination Housing Wiring (Remote Electronics Probe Head Only)
Under normal circumstances, the right termination housing cover should not
need to be removed. This side of the housing contains the probe signal wire
connector and the probe heater wire connector that plug into the adapter
board. If these wires should become disconnected or need to be replaced,
use the diagram in Figure 9-12 to reconnect the wires.
38890093
J4
J7
J2
J5 J6
J3
ProbeSignal
WireConnector
ProbeHeater
WireConnector
4Wire
2Wire
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 10 Replacement Parts
Probe Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10-1
Electronics Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10-6
PROBE REPLACEMENT
PARTS
Table 10-1. Replacement Parts
for Probe
Figure and
Index Number
Part Number
No Dust Seal With Dust Seal Description
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G01 3D39649G01 18" ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G02 3D39649G02 3' ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G03 3D39649G03 6' ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G04 3D39649G04 9' ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G05 3D39649G05 12' ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 -- 3D39649G53 15' ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 -- 3D39649G54 18' ANSI Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G11 3D39649G11 18" DIN Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G12 3D39649G12 3' DIN Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G13 3D39649G13 6' DIN Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G14 3D39649G14 9' DIN Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G15 3D39649G15 12' DIN Probe with Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G17 3D39648G17 18" ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G18 3D39648G18 3' ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G19 3D39648G19 6' ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G20 3D39648G20 9' ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G21 3D39648G21 12' ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 -- 3D39649G55 15' ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 -- 3D39649G56 18' ANSI Probe with Flame Arrestor and Ceramic Diffuser
Oxymitter 4000
10-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Table 10-1. Replacement Parts
for Probe (Continued)
Figure and
Index Number Part Number Description
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G27 3D39649G27 18" DIN Probe with Flame Arrestor and Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G28 3D39649G28 3' DIN Probe with Flame Arrestor and Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G29 3D39649G29 6' DIN Probe with Flame Arrestor and Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G30 3D39649G30 9' DIN Probe with Flame Arrestor and Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G31 3D39649G31 12' DIN Probe with Flame Arrestor and Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G33 3D39649G33 18" ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G34 3D39649G34 3' ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G35 3D39649G35 6' ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G36 3D39649G36 9' ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G37 3D39649G37 12' ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 -- 3D39649G49 15' ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 -- 3D39649G50 18' ANSI Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G43 3D39649G43 18" DIN Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G44 3D39649G44 3' DIN Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G45 3D39649G45 6' DIN Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G46 3D39649G46 9' DIN Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 1 thru 6, 8,9,28 thru 31 3D39648G47 3D39649G47 12' DIN Probe with Snubber Diffuser
9-3, 6 3D39644G01 18" ANSI Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G02 3' ANSI Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G03 6' ANSI Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G04 9' ANSI Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G05 12' ANSI Probe Tube Assy
9-3, 6 3D39644G17 15' ANSI Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G18 18' ANSI Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G11 18" DIN Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G12 3' DIN Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G13 6' DIN Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G14 9' DIN Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39644G15 12' DIN Probe Tube Assy.
9-3, 6 3D39645G01 18" Heater Strut Assy.
9-3, 1 3D39645G02 3' Heater Strut Assy.
9-3, 1 3D39645G03 6' Heater Strut Assy.
9-3, 1 3D39645G04 9' Heater Strut Assy.
9-3, 1 3D39645G05 12' Heater Strut Assy.
9-3, 1 3D39645G07 15' Heater Strut Assy.
9-3, 1 3D39645G08 18' Heater Strut Assy.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
10-3
Oxymitter 4000
Figure 10-1. Cell
Replacement Kit
Table 10-1. Replacement Parts
for Probe (Continued)
*Includes pad and wire
38890091
Wireand
Pad Assembly
Anti-Seize
Compound
22Ga.
Wire
Closedend
Connector
SetScrews
Teflon
Tubing
SocketHead
CapScrews
Celland
Flange
Assembly
CalibrationGas
Passage
ANSI
Gasket
Probe Tube
(NotIncludedinKit)
Corrugated
Seal
Figure and
Index Number Part Number Description
10-1 4847B61G02 ANSI 18" Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G03 ANSI 3' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G04 ANSI 6' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G05 ANSI 9' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G06 ANSI 12' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G34 ANSI 15' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G35 ANSI 18' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G14 DIN 18" Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G15 DIN 3' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G16 DIN 6' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G17 DIN 9' Cell Replacement Kit*
10-1 4847B61G18 DIN 12' Cell Replacement Kit*
Oxymitter 4000
10-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Table 10-1. Replacement Parts
for Probe (Continued)
*Includes pad and wire
Figure and
Index Number Part Number Description
4849B94G01 ANSI High Sulfur/Hl Resistant Cell Only
10-1 4849B94G02 ANSI 18" Cell Replacement Kit, High
Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G03 ANSI 3' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G04 ANSI 6' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G05 ANSI 9' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G06 ANSI 12' Cell Replacement Kit, High
Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G26 ANSI 15' Cell Replacement Kit, High
Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G27 ANSI 18' Cell Replacement Kit, High
Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
4849B94G13 DIN High Sulfur/HCl Resistant Cell Only
10-1 4849B94G14 DIN 18" Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G15 DIN 3' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G16 DIN 6' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G17 DIN 9' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
10-1 4849B94G18 DIN 12' Cell Replacement Kit, High Sulfur/HCl Resistant*
2-4 3D39003G11 DIN 9' Abrasive Shield Assy.
2-4 3D39003G12 DIN 12' Abrasive Shield Assy.
2-4 3D39003G13 ANSI 18" Abrasive Shield Assy
2-4 3D39003G15 DIN 18" Abrasive Shield Assy.
2-4 3D39003G25 ANSI 15' Abrasive Shield Assy.
2-4 3D39003G28 ANSI 18' Abrasive Shield Assy.
9-12 4513C61G03 18" Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
9-12 4513C61G04 3' Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
9-12 4513C61G05 6' Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
9-12 4513C61G06 9' Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
9-12 4513C61G07 12' Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
9-12 4513C61G13 15' Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
9-12 4513C61G14 18' Contact and Thermocouple Replacement Assembly
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
10-5
Oxymitter 4000
Table 10-1. Replacement Parts
for Probe (Continued)
Figure 10-2. Probe
Disassembly Kit
Figure and
Index Number Part Number Description
1-11, 9-11 3534B18G01 Ceramic Diffuser
1-11 3535B60G01 Ceramic Diffuser with Dust Seal
1-11 3535B62G01 Flame Arrestor Ceramic Diffuser
1-11 3535B63G01 Flame Arrestor Ceramic Diffuser with Dust Seal
1-12 4843B37G01 Snubber Diffuser
1-12 4843B38G02 Snubber Diffuser with Dust Seal
1-12 4846B70G01 Flame Arrestor Snubber Diffuser
1-12 4846B71G01 Flame Arrestor Snubber Diffuser with Dust Seal
9-11 3534B48G01 Vee Deflector Assy.
1-13 4851B89G04 Cup Type Diffusion Assembly, 10 microns
1-13 4851B89G05 Cup Type Diffusion Assembly, 40 microns
1-13 4851B90G04 Cup Type Diffusion Assembly/Dust Seal, 10 microns
1-13 4851B90G05 Cup Type Diffusion Assembly/Dust Seal, 40 microns
10-2 3535B42G02 Probe Disassembly Kit
HexKeys
Wrench
TubeInsertion
Tube
Philips
Screwdriver
Spanner
Wrench
Anti-Seize
Compound
38890094
Oxymitter 4000
10-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
ELECTRONICS
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Table 10-2. Replacement Parts
for Electronics
Table 10-3. Replacement Parts
for Calibration Components
*Calibration gas bottles cannot be shipped via airfreight.
Figure and
Index Number Part Number Description
9-3, 10 120039076 O-Ring
9-3, 11 5R10145G01 Cover
9-3, 11A 6A00170G01 Cover, with Window
9-3, 12 3D39861G01 Electronic Assembly
9-3, 14 4849B72H01 Membrane Keypad English
9-3, 14 4849B72H02 Membrane Keypad German
9-3, 14 4849B72H03 Membrane Keypad French
9-3, 14 4849B72H04 Membrane Keypad Spanish
9-3, 14 4849B72H05 Membrane Keypad Italian
9-3, 14A 6A00115G01 LOI Module (Local Operator Interface)
9-3, 21 5R10146G01 Housing (No Covers)
9-3, 25 08732-0002-0002 Termination Block Transient Protected
9-3, 27A 120039078 O-Ring
9-4, 5 6A00091G01 Junction Box
9-4, 8 6A00143G01 Adapter Board
9-4, 10 120039076 O-Ring
9-4, 11 5R10145G01 Cover
9-4, 11A 6A00170G01 Cover, with Window
9-4, 12 3D39861G01 Electronic Assembly
9-4, 14A 6A00115G01 LOI Module (Local Operator Interface)
9-4, 21 5R10146G01 Housing
9-4, 25 08732-0002-0002 Termination Block, Transient Protected
9-4, 27A 120039078 O-Ring
9-4, 35 6A00201G01 Cable Assembly, 20 ft. (6 m)
9-4, 35 6A00201G02 Cable Assembly, 40 ft. (12 m)
9-4, 35 6A00201G03 Cable Assembly, 60 ft. (18 m)
9-4, 35 6A00201G04 Cable Assembly, 80 ft. (24 m)
9-4, 35 6A00201G05 Cable Assembly, 100 ft. (30 m)
9-4, 35 6A00201G06 Cable Assembly, 150 ft. (46 m)
9-4, 35 6A00201G07 Cable Assembly, 200 ft. (61 m)
9-4, 36 3D39866G02 Termination Block, Transient Protected, Remote Probe Head
Figure and
Index Number Part Number Description
11-5 1A99119G01 Calibration Gas Bottles - 0.4% and 8% O2, balance
nitrogen - 550 liters each*
11-5 1A99119G02 Two Flow Regulators (for calibration gas bottles)
11-5 1A99119G03 Bottle rack
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Section 11 Optional Accessories
HART Handheld 375 Communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 11-1
Asset Management Solutions (AMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 11-2
By-Pass Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 11-2
IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer . . page 11-3
SPS 4001B Single Probe Autocalibration Sequencer . . . page 11-4
O
2
Calibration Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 11-5
Catalyst Regeneration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 11-6
HART HANDHELD 375
COMMUNICATOR
Figure 11-1. HART Model 375
Handheld Communicator
The HART Handheld 275/375 Communicator is an interface device that
provides a common communication link to HART-compatible instruments,
such as the Oxymitter 4000. HART Communications Protocol permits all the
information available from the Oxymitter 4000's electronics to be transmitted
over standard 4-20 mA signal wires. By attaching the HART handheld
communicator at a termination point along the 4-20 mA signal line, a
technician can diagnose problems and configure and calibrate the Oxymitter
4000 as if he or she were standing in front of the instrument.
For more information, call Emerson Process Management at 1-800-433-6076.
o
HART Communicator
MAN4275A00
English
38890059
Oxymitter 4000
11-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
ASSET MANAGEMENT
SOLUTIONS (AMS)
Asset Management Solutions (AMS) software works in conjunction with the
HART Communication Protocol and offers the capability to communicate with
all HART plant devices from a single computer terminal.
For more information, call Emerson Process Management at 1-800-433-6076.
BY-PASS PACKAGES
Figure 11-2. By-Pass Mounting
The specially designed Rosemount Analytical By-Pass Package for oxygen
analyzers has proven to withstand the high temperatures in process heaters
while providing the same advantages offered by the in situ sensor. Inconel or
Kanthal steel tubes provide effective resistance to corrosion, and the package
uses no moving parts, air pumps, or other components common to other
sampling systems.
For more information, call Emerson Process Management at 1-800-433-6076.
P
S
U
E
I
T
P
I
C
R
H
W
E
N
T
H
G
C
E
N
I
E
E
R
W
A
V
I
S
O
L
P
-
X
O
M
T
A
G
N
I
N
-
R
I
T
L
A
I
V
E
-
E
E
H
GAS
CAL.
38890095
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
11-3
Oxymitter 4000
IMPS 4000 INTELLIGENT
MULTIPROBE TEST GAS
SEQUENCER
Figure 11-3. IMPS 4000
The IMPS 4000 Intelligent Multiprobe Test Gas Sequencer is housed within
an IP56 (NEMA 4X) enclosure and has the intelligence to provide calibration
gas sequencing of up to four Oxymitter 4000 units to accommodate automatic
and semi-automatic calibration routines.
This sequencer works in conjunction with the Oxymitter 4000 CALIBRATION
RECOMMENDED feature, eliminating out-of-calibration occurrences and the
need to send a technician to the installation site. In addition, the SPS 4001B
provides a remote contact input to initiate a calibration from a remote location
and relay outputs to alert when a calibration is in progress, an Oxymitter 4000
is out of calibration, calibration gases are on, and calibration gas pressure is
low.
For more information, call Emerson Process Management at 1-800-433-6076.
38890096
Oxymitter 4000
11-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SPS 4001B SINGLE
PROBE
AUTOCALIBRATION
SEQUENCER
Figure 11-4. SPS 4001B
Emerson Process Management specifically designed the SPS 4001B Single
Probe Autocalibration Sequencer to provide the capability to perform
automatic or on-demand Oxymitter 4000 calibrations. The SPS 4001B is fully
enclosed in a NEMA cabinet suited for wall-mounting. This cabinet provides
added protection against dust and minor impacts.
The SPS 4001B works in conjunction with the Oxymitter 4000's
CALIBRATION RECOMMENDED feature, eliminating out-of-calibration
occurrences and the need to send a technician to the installation site. In
addition, the SPS 4001B provides a remote contact input to initiate a
calibration from a remote location and relay outputs to indicate when a
calibration is in progress or the Oxymitter 4000 is out of calibration.
For more information, call Emerson Process Management at 1-800-433-6076.
38890097
SPS4001B
OXYMITTER4000
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
11-5
Oxymitter 4000
O
2
CALIBRATION GAS
Figure 11-5. Calibration Gas
Bottles
Rosemount Analytical's O
2
Calibration Gas and Service Kits have been
carefully designed to provide a more convenient and fully portable means of
testing, calibrating, and servicing.
Rosemount Analytical's oxygen analyzers. These lightweight, disposable gas
cylinders eliminate the need to rent gas bottles.
For more information, call Emerson Process Management at 1-800-433-6076.
38890098
Oxymitter 4000
11-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
CATALYST
REGENERATION
Figure 11-6. Catalyst
Regeneration
Measure O
2
in catalyst regenerators at pressures up to 50 psi. In-situ design
resists plugging due to catalyst fines Class I, Div. I, Group B, C, and D.
Optional pressure balancing arrangement. Optional isolation valving system
permits installation and withdrawal while the process is running. Specified by
UOP.
See Application Data Sheet ADS 106-300F.A01, Isolation Valving System.
OXYBALANCE DISPLAY
AND AVERAGING
SYSTEM
Figure 11-7. OxyBalance
Optional OxyBalance Display and Averaging System. Reviews up to eight
4-20 mA signals from individual probes. Trends individual outputs, calculates
four programmable averages as additional 4-20 mA outputs.
38890042
Oxymitter4000
ProbeinRetracted
Position
IsolationValving
System
IntegralPressure
Balancing
Assembly
38890099
Analytical
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Appendix A Safety Data
Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page A-2
Safety Data Sheet for Ceramic Fiber Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . page A-24
Oxymitter 4000
A-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE WIRING
AND INSTALLATION OF THIS APPARATUS
The following safety instructions apply specifically to all EU member
states. They should be strictly adhered to in order to assure compliance
with the Low Voltage Directive. Non-EU states should also comply with
the following unless superseded by local or National Standards.
1. Adequate earth connections should be made to all earthing points,
internal and external, where provided.
2. After installation or troubleshooting, all safety covers and safety grounds
must be replaced. The integrity of all earth terminals must be maintained
at all times.
3. Mains supply cords should comply with the requirements of IEC227 or
IEC245.
4. All wiring shall be suitable for use in an ambient temperature of greater
than 75°C.
5. All cable glands used should be of such internal dimensions as to
provide adequate cable anchorage.
6. To ensure safe operation of this equipment, connection to the mains
supply should only be made through a circuit breaker which will
disconnect all circuits carrying conductors during a fault situation. The
circuit breaker may also include a mechanically operated isolating
switch. If not, then another means of disconnecting the equipment from
the supply must be provided and clearly marked as such. Circuit
breakers or switches must comply with a recognized standard such as
IEC947. All wiring must conform with any local standards.
7. Where equipment or covers are marked with the symbol
to the right, hazardous voltages are likely to be present
beneath. These covers should only be removed when
power is removed from the equipment - and then only
by trained service personnel.
8. Where equipment or covers are marked with the symbol
to the right, there is a danger from hot surfaces beneath.
These covers should only be removed by trained
service personnel when power is removed from the
equipment. Certain surfaces may remain hot to the
touch.
9. Where equipment or covers are marked with the symbol
to the right, refer to the Operator Manual for instructions.
10. All graphical symbols used in this product are from one
or more of the following standards: EN61010-1, IEC417,
and ISO3864.
11. Where equipment or labels are marked "Do Not Open While Energized"
or similar, there is a danger of ignition in areas where an explosive
atmosphere is present. This equipment should only be opened when
power is removed and adequate time as specified on the label or in the
instruction manual has been allowed for the equipment to cool down -
and then only by trained service personnel.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-3
Oxymitter 4000
DŮLEŽITÉ
Bezpečnostní pokyny pro zapojení a instalaci zařízení
Následující bezpečnostní pokyny se speciálně vztahují na všechny
členské státy EU. Pokyny by měly být přísně dodržovány, aby se
zajistilo splnění Směrnice o nízkém napětí. Pokud nejsou pokyny
nahrazeny místními či národními normami, měly by je dodržovat i
nečlenské státy EU.
1. U všech zemnicích bodů, interních a externích, by mělo být vytvořeno
odpovídající uzemnění.
2. Po instalaci nebo odstranění problémů musí být vyměněny všechny
bezpečnostní kryty a uzemnění. Vždy musí být zajištěna integrita všech
zemnicích svorek.
3. Sí˙ové kabely by měly odpovídat požadavkům normy IEC227 nebo
IEC245.
4. Všechna zapojení by měla být vhodná pro použití při vnějších teplotách
nad 75 °C.
5. Všechna použitá kabelová hrdla by měla mít takové vnitřrozměry, aby
zajistila odpovídající zakotvení kabelu.
6. Správnou činnost zařízení zajistíte, vytvoříte-li připojení k napájecímu
zdroji pouze přes jistič, který v případě poruchy odpojí všechny obvody
s konduktory. Jistič může také obsahovat mechanický odpojovač.
Pokud ho neobsahuje, musí být zajištěn a jasně označen jiný způsob
odpojení zařízení od zdroje. Jističe nebo přepínače musí odpovídat
uznávaným normám, např. IEC947. Všechna zapojení musí odpovídat
místním normám.
7. Je-li zařízení nebo kryt označen symbolem na pravé
straně, pravděpodobně se uvnitř nachází nebezpeč
napětí. Tyto kryty by měly být sejmuty pouze po
odpojení zařízení od zdroje - a to pouze kvalifikovaným
zaměstnancem.
8. Je-li zařízení nebo kryt označen symbolem na pravé
straně, povrch zařízení může být velmi horký. Tyto kryty
by měly být sejmuty pouze kvalifikovaným
zaměstnancem po odpojení zařízení od zdroje. Některé
povrchy mohou být stále horké.
9. Je-li zařízení nebo kryt označen symbolem na pravé
straně, přečtěte si nejprve instrukce v návodu k obsluze.
10. Všechny grafické symboly používané u výrobku
pocházejí z následujících norem: EN61010-1, IEC417 a
ISO3864.
11. Pokud je zařízení nebo štítky označeno varováním „Je-li zařízení pod
napětím, neotvírejte jej“ či podobným, může dojít ve výbušném prostředí
ke vznícení. Zařízení lze otevřít pouze po jeho odpojení od zdroje a
ponechání dostatečného času na vychladnutí, jak je uvedeno na štítku
nebo v návodu k obsluze - a to pouze kvalifikovaným zaměstnancem.
Oxymitter 4000
A-4
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
VIGTIGT
Sikkerhedsinstruktion for tilslutning og installering af dette udstyr.
Følgende sikkerhedsinstruktioner gælder specifikt i alle
EU-medlemslande. Instruktionerne skal nøje følges for overholdelse af
Lavsspændingsdirektivet og bør også følges i ikke EU-lande medmindre
andet er specificeret af lokale eller nationale standarder.
1. Passende jordforbindelser skal tilsluttes alle jordklemmer, interne og
eksterne, hvor disse forefindes.
2. Efter installation eller fejlfinding skal alle sikkerhedsdæksler og
jordforbindelser reetableres.
3. Forsyningskabler skal opfylde krav specificeret i IEC227 eller IEC245.
4. Alle ledningstilslutninger skal være konstrueret til omgivelsestemperatur
højere end 75°C.
5. Alle benyttede kabelforskruninger skal have en intern dimension, så
passende kabelaflastning kan etableres.
6. For opnåelse af sikker drift og betjening skal der skabes beskyttelse
mod indirekte berøring gennem afbryder (min. 10A), som vil afbryde alle
kredsløb med elektriske ledere i fejlsitua-tion. Afbryderen skal indholde
en mekanisk betjent kontakt. Hvis ikke skal anden form for afbryder
mellem forsyning og udstyr benyttes og mærkes som sådan. Afbrydere
eller kontakter skal overholde en kendt standard som IEC947.
7. Hvor udstyr eller dæksler er mærket med dette symbol,
er farlige spændinger normalt forekom-mende bagved.
Disse dæksler bør kun afmonteres, når
forsyningsspændingen er frakoblet - og da kun af
instrueret servicepersonale.
8. Hvor udstyr eller dæksler er mærket med dette symbol,
forefindes meget varme overflader bagved. Disse
dæksler bør kun afmonteres af instrueret
servicepersonale, når forsyningsspænding er frakoblet.
Visse overflader vil stadig være for varme at berøre i op
til 45 minutter efter frakobling.
9. Hvor udstyr eller dæksler er mærket med dette symbol,
se da i betjeningsmanual for instruktion.
10. Alle benyttede grafiske symboler i dette udstyr findes i
én eller flere af følgende standarder:- EN61010-1,
IEC417 & ISO3864.
11. Når udstyr eller etiketter er mærket "Må ikke åbnes, mens udstyret
tilføres strøm” eller lignende, er der fare for antændelse i områder, hvor
der er en eksplosiv atmosfære. Dette udstyr må kun åbnes, når
strømkilden er fjernet, og der er gået tilstrækkelig tid til, at udstyret er
kølet ned. Den nødvendige tid hertil er angivet på etiketten eller i
brugervejledningen. Udstyret må kun åbnes af en faglært person.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-5
Oxymitter 4000
BELANGRIJK
Veiligheidsvoorschriften voor de aansluiting en installatie van dit toestel.
De hierna volgende veiligheidsvoorschriften zijn vooral bedoeld voor de
EU lidstaten. Hier moet aan gehouden worden om de onderworpenheid
aan de Laag Spannings Richtlijn (Low Voltage Directive) te verzekeren.
Niet EU staten zouden deze richtlijnen moeten volgen tenzij zij reeds
achterhaald zouden zijn door plaatselijke of nationale voorschriften.
1. Degelijke aardingsaansluitingen moeten gemaakt worden naar alle
voorziene aardpunten, intern en extern.
2. Na installatie of controle moeten alle veiligheidsdeksels en -aardingen
terug geplaatst worden. Ten alle tijde moet de betrouwbaarheid van de
aarding behouden blijven.
3. Voedingskabels moeten onderworpen zijn aan de IEC227 of de IEC245
voorschriften.
4. Alle bekabeling moet geschikt zijn voor het gebruik in
omgevingstemperaturen, hoger dan 7C.
5. Alle wartels moeten zo gedimensioneerd zijn dat een degelijke kabel
bevestiging verzekerd is.
6. Om de veilige werking van dit toestel te verzekeren, moet de voeding
door een stroomonderbreker gevoerd worden (min 10A) welke alle
draden van de voeding moet onderbreken. De stroomonderbreker mag
een mechanische schakelaar bevatten. Zoniet moet een andere
mogelijkheid bestaan om de voedingsspanning van het toestel te halen
en ook duidelijk zo zijn aangegeven. Stroomonderbrekers of
schakelaars moeten onderworpen zijn aan een erkende standaard
zoals IEC947.
7. Waar toestellen of deksels aangegeven staan met het
symbool is er meestal hoogspanning aanwezig. Deze
deksels mogen enkel verwijderd worden nadat de
voedingsspanning werd afgelegd en enkel door getraind
onderhoudspersoneel.
8. Waar toestellen of deksels aangegeven staan met het
symbool is er gevaar voor hete oppervlakken. Deze
deksels mogen enkel verwijderd worden door getraind
onderhoudspersoneel nadat de voedingsspanning
verwijderd werd. Sommige oppper-vlakken kunnen 45
minuten later nog steeds heet aanvoelen.
9. Waar toestellen of deksels aangegeven staan met het
symbool gelieve het handboek te raadplegen.
10. Alle grafische symbolen gebruikt in dit produkt, zijn
afkomstig uit een of meer van devolgende standaards:
EN61010-1, IEC417 en ISO3864.
11. Op plaatsen waar uitrusting of etiketten zijn voorzien van een melding
als "Niet openen bij aanwezigheid van spanning" bestaat er
brandgevaar in omgevingen waar een explosieve atmosfeer aanwezig
is. Deze uitrusting mag uitsluitend worden geopend wanneer het niet
meer onder spanning staat en de uitrusting gedurende de
voorgeschreven tijd op het etiket of in de handleiding is afgekoeld - en
dan uitsluitend door voldoende opgeleid onderhoudspersoneel.
Oxymitter 4000
A-6
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
BELANGRIJK
Veiligheidsinstructies voor de bedrading en installatie van dit apparaat.
Voor alle EU lidstaten zijn de volgende veiligheidsinstructies van
toepassing. Om aan de geldende richtlijnen voor laagspanning te
voldoen dient men zich hieraan strikt te houden. Ook niet EU lidstaten
dienen zich aan het volgende te houden, tenzij de lokale wetgeving
anders voorschrijft.
1. Alle voorziene interne- en externe aardaansluitingen dienen op
adequate wijze aangesloten te worden.
2. Na installatie, onderhouds- of reparatie werkzaamheden dienen alle
beschermdeksels /kappen en aardingen om reden van veiligheid weer
aangebracht te worden.
3. Voedingskabels dienen te voldoen aan de vereisten van de normen
IEC 227 of IEC 245.
4. Alle bedrading dient geschikt te zijn voor gebruik bij een omgevings
temperatuur boven 75°C.
5. Alle gebruikte kabelwartels dienen dusdanige inwendige afmetingen te
hebben dat een adequate verankering van de kabel wordt verkregen.
6. Om een veilige werking van de apparatuur te waarborgen dient de
voeding uitsluitend plaats te vinden via een meerpolige automatische
zekering (min.10A) die alle spanningvoerende geleiders verbreekt
indien een foutconditie optreedt. Deze automatische zekering mag ook
voorzien zijn van een mechanisch bediende schakelaar. Bij het
ontbreken van deze voorziening dient een andere als zodanig duidelijk
aangegeven mogelijkheid aanwezig te zijn om de spanning van de
apparatuur af te schakelen. Zekeringen en schakelaars dienen te
voldoen aan een erkende standaard zoals IEC 947.
7. Waar de apparatuur of de beschermdeksels/kappen
gemarkeerd zijn met het volgende symbool, kunnen
zich hieronder spanning voerende delen bevinden die
gevaar op kunnen leveren. Deze beschermdeksels/
kappen mogen uitsluitend verwijderd worden door
getraind personeel als de spanning is afgeschakeld.
8. Waar de apparatuur of de beschermdeksels/kappen
gemarkeerd zijn met het volgende symbool, kunnen
zich hieronder hete oppervlakken of onderdelen
bevinden. Bepaalde delen kunnen mogelijk na 45 min.
nog te heet zijn om aan te raken.
9. Waar de apparatuur of de beschermdeksels/kappen
gemarkeerd zijn met het volgende symbool, dient men
de bedieningshandleiding te raadplegen.
10. Alle grafische symbolen gebruikt bij dit produkt zijn
volgens een of meer van de volgende standaarden:
EN 61010-1, IEC 417 & ISO 3864.
11. Op plaatsen waar uitrusting of etiketten zijn voorzien van een melding als
"Niet openen bij aanwezigheid van spanning" bestaat er brandgevaar in
omgevingen waar een explosieve atmosfeer aanwezig is. Deze uitrusting
mag uitsluitend worden geopend wanneer het niet meer onder spanning
staat en de uitrusting gedurende de voorgeschreven tijd op het etiket of in
de handleiding is afgekoeld - en dan uitsluitend door voldoende opgeleid
onderhoudspersoneel.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-7
Oxymitter 4000
WICHTIG
Sicherheitshinweise für den Anschluß und die Installation dieser Geräte.
Die folgenden Sicherheitshinweise sind in allen Mitgliederstaaten der
europäischen Gemeinschaft gültig. Sie müssen strickt eingehalten
werden, um der Niederspannungsrichtlinie zu genügen.
Nichtmitgliedsstaaten der europäischen Gemeinschaft sollten die
national gültigen Normen und Richtlinien einhalten.
1. Alle intern und extern vorgesehenen Erdungen der Geräte müssen
ausgeführt werden.
2. Nach Installation, Reparatur oder sonstigen Eingriffen in das Get ssen
alle Sicherheitsabdeckungen und Erdungen wieder installiert werden. Die
Funktion aller Erdverbindungen darf zu keinem Zeitpunkt gestört sein.
3. Die Netzspannungsversorgung muß den Anforderungen der IEC227
oder IEC245 genügen.
4. Alle Verdrahtungen sollten mindestens bis 75°C ih re Funktion dauerhaft
erfüllen.
5. Alle Kabeldurchführungen und Kabelverschraubungen sollten in Ihrer
Dimensionierung so gewählt werden, daß diese eine sichere
Verkabelung des Gerätes ermöglichen.
6. Um eine sichere Funktion des Gerätes zu gewährleisten, muß die
Spannungsversorgung über mindestens 10 A abgesichert sein. Im
Fehlerfall muß dadurch gewährleistet sein, daß die
Spannungsversorgung zum Gerät bzw. zu den Geräten unterbrochen
wird. Ein mechanischer Schutzschalter kann in dieses System integriert
werden. Falls eine derartige Vorrichtung nicht vorhanden ist, muß eine
andere Möglichkeit zur Unterbrechung der Spannungszufuhr
gewährleistet werden mit Hinweisen deutlich gekennzeichnet werden.
Ein solcher Mechanismus zur Spannungsunterbrechung muß mit den
Normen und Richtlinien für die allgemeine Installation von
Elektrogeräten, wie zum Beispiel der IEC947, übereinstimmen.
7. Mit dem Symbol sind Gete oder Abdeckungen gekennzeichnet, die eine
gehrliche (Netzspannung) Spannung führen. Die Abdeckungen dürfen
nur entfernt werden, wenn die Versorgungsspannung unterbrochen wurde.
Nur geschultes Personal darf an diesen Geräten Arbeiten aushren.
8. Mit dem Symbol sind Geräte oder Abdeckungen gekennzeichnet, in
bzw. unter denen heiße Teile vorhanden sind. Die Abdeckungen dürfen
nur entfernt werden, wenn die Versorgungsspannung unterbrochen
wurde. Nur geschultes Personal darf an diesen Geräten Arbeiten
ausführen. Bis 45 Minuten nach dem Unterbrechen der Netzzufuhr
können derartig Teile noch über eine erhöhte Temperatur verfügen.
9. Mit dem Symbol sind Geräte oder Abdeckungen gekennzeichnet, bei
denen vor dem Eingriff die entsprechenden Kapitel im Handbuch
sorgfältig durchgelesen werden müssen.
10. Alle in diesem Gerät verwendeten graphischen Symbole entspringen
einem oder mehreren der nachfolgend aufgeführten Standards:
EN61010-1, IEC417 & ISO3864.
11. Wenn Geräte oder Etiketten mit dem Hinweis "Nicht unter Spannung
öffnen" oder ähnlichen Hinweisen versehen sind, besteht in
explosionsgefährdeten Umgebungen Entzündungsgefahr. Das Gerät
darf nur geöffnet werden, wenn es nicht ans Stromnetz angeschlossen
und entsprechend der Zeitangaben auf dem Etikett bzw. in der
Betriebsanleitung ausreichend abgekühlt ist. Das Gerät darf nur von
geschultem Service-Personal geöffnet werden.
Oxymitter 4000
A-8
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ
Οδηγιεσ ασφαλειασ για την καλωδιωση και εγκατασταση τησ συσκευησ
Οι ακόλουθες οδηγίες ασφαλείας εφαρµόζονται ειδικά για όλες τις χώρες
µέλη της Ευρωπαϊκής Κοινότητας. Θα πρέπει να ακολουθούνται αυστηρά
ώστε να εξασφαλιστεί η συµβατότητα µε τις οδηγίες για τη Χαµηλή Τάση.
Χώρες που δεν είναι µέλη της Ευρωπαϊκής Κοινότητας θα πρέπει επίσης
να ακολουθούν τις οδηγίες, εκτός εάν αυτές αντικαθίστανται από τα
Τοπικά ή Εθνικά πρότυπα.
1. Επαρκείς συνδέσεις γείωσης θα πρέπει να γίνονται σε όλα τα σηµεία
γείωσης, εσωτερικά και εξωτερικά, όπου υπάρχουν.
2. Μετά την εγκατάσταση ή την αντιµετώπιση σφαλµάτων, όλα τα καλύµµατα
ασφαλείας και οι γειώσεις ασφαλείας πρέπει να επανεγκαθίστανται. Η καλή
κατάσταση όλων των ακροδεκτών γείωσης πρέπει να συντηρείται διαρκώς.
3. Τα καλώδια τροφοδοσίας πρέπει να πληρούν τις απαιτήσεις των IEC227
ή IEC245.
4. Όλες οι καλωδιώσεις θα πρέπει να είναι κατάλληλες για χρήση σε
θερµοκρασία χώρου υψηλότερη από 75°C.
5. Όλοι οι στυπιοθλίπτες θα πρέπει να είναι τέτοιων εσωτερικών
διαστάσεων, ώστε να παρέχουν επαρκή στερέωση των καλωδίων.
6. Για τη διασφάλιση ασφαλούς λειτουργίας αυτής της συσκευής, η σύνδεση
τροφοδοσίας θα πρέπει να γίνεται µόνο µέσω ασφαλειοδιακόπτη, ο
οποίος θα αποσυνδέει όλους τους ηλεκτροφόρους αγωγούς των
κυκλωµάτων, στη διάρκεια κατάστασης σφάλµατος. Ο ασφαλειοδιακόπτης
µπορεί επίσης να περιλαµβάνει µηχανικό διακόπτη αποµόνωσης. Εάν δεν
περιλαµβάνει, τότε άλλα µέσα αποσύνδεσης της συσκευής από την
τροφοδοσία πρέπει να παροχηθούν και να σηµανθούν σαφώς ως τέτοια.
Οι ασφαλειοδιακόπτες ή διακόπτες πρέπει να συµµορφώνονται µε
αναγνωρισµένα πρότυπα όπως το IEC947. Όλες οι καλωδιώσεις πρέπει
να συµµορφώνονται µε τα τοπικά πρότυπα.
7. Όπου συσκευές ή καλύµµατα είναι σηµασµένα µε το
σύµβολο που εικονίζεται δεξιά, επικίνδυνες τάσεις
ενυπάρχουν κάτω από αυτά. Αυτά τα καλύµµατα θα
πρέπει να αφαιρούνται µόνο όταν έχει αφαιρεθεί η
τροφοδοσία από τη συσκευή - και στην περίπτωση αυτή,
µόνο από ειδικευµένο τεχνικό προσωπικό.
8. Όπου συσκευές ή καλύµµατα είναι σηµασµένα µε το
σύµβολο που εικονίζεται δεξιά, υπάρχει κίνδυνος από
καυτές επιφάνειες κάτω από αυτά. Τέτοια καλύµµατα θα
πρέπει να αφαιρούνται µόνο από ειδικευµένο τεχνικό
προσωπικό, όταν έχει αφαιρεθεί η τροφοδοσία από τη
συσκευή. Κάποιες επιφάνειες µπορούν να παραµένουν ζεστές στην αφή.
9. Όπου συσκευές ή καλύµµατα είναι σηµασµένα µε το
σύµβολο που εικονίζεται δεξιά, ανατρέξτε στις οδηγίες
χρήσης της συσκευής.
10. Όλα τα γραφικά σύµβολα που χρησιµοποιούνται σε αυτό
το προϊόν είναι από ένα ή περισσότερα από τα εξής
πρότυπα: EN61010-1, IEC417 και ISO3864.
11. Όπου συσκευή ή ετικέτα είναι σηµασµένη µε την ένδειξη "Μην ανοίγετε ενώ
βρίσκεται σε λειτουργία" ή άλλη παρόµοια, υπάρχει κίνδυνος ανάφλεξης σε
περιοχές µε εκρηκτική ατµόσφαιρα. Ο παρών εξοπλισµός πρέπει να
ανοίγεται µόνο όταν είναι εκτός ρεύµατος και αφού παρέλθει ο κατάλληλος
χρόνος που αναγράφεται στην ετικέτα ή στο εγχειρίδιο οδηγιών ώστε να
ψυχθεί και µόνο από εκπαιδευµένο προσωπικό συντήρησης.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-9
Oxymitter 4000
OLULINE TEAVE
Juhtmestiku ja seadme paigaldamisega seotud ohutusjuhised
Alljärgnevad ohutusjuhised rakenduvad eriti kõigi Euroopa Liidu
liikmesriikide suhtes. Antud juhiseid tuleb täpselt rgida, et kindlustada
vastavus madalpinge direktiiviga. Euroopa Liitu mittekuuluvad riigid
peavad samuti alljärgnevaid juhiseid järgima, va juhul, kui on olemas
vastavad kohalikud riiklikud standardid.
1. Ettenähtud maanduspunktide, nii sisemiste kui väliste jaoks tuleb
tagada nõuetekohased maaühendused.
2. Pärast paigaldamist või rikketuvastust tuleb kõik turvaümbrised ja
turvamaandused uuesti oma kohale seada. Kõigis olukordades tuleb
säilitada kõigi maandusklemmide terviklikkus.
3. Toitejuhtmed peavad vastama IEC227 või IEC245 nõuetele.
4. Kogu juhtmestik peab sobima kasutamiseks üle 75°C õhutemperatuuri
juures.
5. Kõik juhtmetihendid peavad sisemõõtmete poolest tagama
nõuetekohased kaabliühendused.
6. Seadme ohutu töötamise tagamiseks peab ühendus toiteallikaga
toimuma vaid läbi automaatkorgi, mis veaolukorras lülitab välja kõik
voolukandjad. Automaatkorgil võib olla ka mehhaaniliselt reguleeritav
lahklüliti. Vastasel juhul peab seadme toiteallikast lahtiühendamiseks
olema teine ja selgelt osutatud moodus. Automaatkorgid või -lülitid
peavad vastama tunnustatud standarditele nagu nt IEC947. Kogu
juhtmestik peab vastama kohalikele standarditele.
7. Seadmel või ümbristel asuv paremale osutav sümbol
tähistab selle all leiduvat ohtlikku pinget. Selliste
sümbolitega ümbriseid võib eemaldada vaid juhul, kui
seade on toiteallikast lahti ühendatud ning ka siis ainult
vastavate oskustega spetsialisti poolt.
8. Seadmele või ümbristele märgitud paremale osutava
sümboli all valitseb kuumadest pindadest tulenev oht.
Nimetatud sümbolitega ümbriseid võib eemaldada vaid
vastavate oskustega spetsialist, kui seade on
toiteallikast lahti ühendatud. Teatud pinnad võivad
puudutamise jaoks liiga kuumad olla.
9. Seadmel või ümbristel leiduva paremale osutava
sümboli korral vt juhiste jaoks Toimimisjuhendit.
10. Kõik selle toote juures kasutatavad graafilised sümbolid
lähtuvad ühest või enamast järgmistest standarditest:
EN61010-1, IEC417 ja ISO3864.
11. Kui seadmele või siltidele on kirjutatud "Ärge avage voolutarbimine
korral" vms, valitseb plahvatusohtlikus keskkonnas süttimise oht.
Seadet võib avada ainult siis, kui toide on lahti ühendatud ning seadmel
on võimaldatud sildil või kasutusjuhendis osutatud aja jooksul maha
jahtuda -- ning ka sellisel juhul ainult vastavate oskustega spetsialisti
poolt.
Oxymitter 4000
A-10
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
TÄRKEÄÄ
Turvallisuusohje, jota on noudatettava tämän laitteen asentamisessa ja
kaapeloinnissa.
Seuraavat ohjeet pätevät erityisesti EU:n jäsenvaltioissa. Niitä täytyy
ehdottomasti noudattaa jotta täytettäisiin EU:n matalajännitedirektiivin
(Low Voltage Directive) yhteensopivuus. Myös EU:hun kuulumattomien
valtioiden tulee nou-dattaa tätä ohjetta, elleivät kansalliset standardit
estä sitä.
1. Riittävät maadoituskytkennät on tehtävä kaikkiin maadoituspisteisiin,
sisäisiin ja ulkoisiin.
2. Asennuksen ja vianetsinnän jälkeen on kaikki suojat ja suojamaat
asennettava takaisin pai-koilleen. Maadoitusliittimen kunnollinen
toiminta täytyy aina ylläpitää.
3. Jännitesyöttöjohtimien täytyy täyttää IEC227 ja IEC245 vaatimukset.
4. Kaikkien johdotuksien tulee toimia >75°C lämpötil oissa.
5. Kaikkien läpivientiholkkien sisähalkaisijan täytyy olla sellainen että
kaapeli lukkiutuu kun-nolla kiinni.
6. Turvallisen toiminnan varmistamiseksi täytyy jännitesyöttö varustaa
turvakytkimellä (min 10A), joka kytkee irti kaikki jännitesyöttöjohtimet
vikatilanteessa. Suojaan täytyy myös sisältyä mekaaninen erotuskytkin.
Jos ei, niin jännitesyöttö on pystyttävä katkaisemaan muilla keinoilla ja
merkittävä siten että se tunnistetaan sellaiseksi. Turvakytkimien tai
kat-kaisimien täytyy täyttää IEC947 standardin vaatimukset
näkyvyydestä.
7. Mikäli laite tai kosketussuoja on merkitty tällä merkillä
on merkinnän takana tai alla hengenvaarallisen
suuruinen jännite. Suojaa ei saa poistaa jänniteen
ollessa kytkettynä laitteeseen ja poistamisen saa
suorittaa vain alan asian-tuntija.
8. Mikäli laite tai kosketussuoja on merkitty tällä merkillä
on merkinnän takana tai alla kuuma pinta. Suojan saa
poistaa vain alan asiantuntija kun jännite-syöttö on
katkaistu. Tällainen pinta voi säilyä kosketuskuumana
jopa 45 mi-nuuttia.
9. Mikäli laite tai kosketussuoja on merkitty tällä merkillä
katso lisäohjeita käyt-töohjekirjasta.
10. Kaikki tässä tuotteessa käytetyt graafiset symbolit ovat
yhdestä tai useammasta seuraavis-ta standardeista:
EN61010-1, IEC417 & ISO3864.
11. Jos laitteessa tai tarrassa on merkintä "Älä avaa, kun virta on kytketty"
tai vastaava, räjähdysvaarallisissa tiloissa on syttymisen vaara. Nämä
laitteet voidaan avata vain silloin, kun virta ei ole kytkettynä ja laitteen
on annettu jäähtyä tarrassa tai oppaassa määritetyn ajan. Tällöinkin
laitteet saa avata vain koulutettu huoltohenkilökunta.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-11
Oxymitter 4000
IMPORTANT
Consignes de sécurité concernant le raccordement et l'installation de
cet appareil.
Les consignes de sécurité ci-dessous s'adressent particulièrement à
tous les états membres de la communauté européenne. Elles doivent
être strictement appliquées afin de satisfaire aux directives concernant
la basse tension. Les états non membres de la communauté européenne
doivent également appliquer ces consignes sauf si elles sont en
contradiction avec les standards locaux ou nationaux.
1. Un raccordement adéquat à la terre doit être effectuée à chaque borne
de mise à la terre, interne et externe.
2. Après installation ou dépannage, tous les capots de protection et toutes
les prises de terre doivent être remis en place, toutes les prises de terre
doivent être respectées en permanence.
3. Les câbles d'alimentation électrique doivent être conformes aux normes
IEC227 ou IEC245.
4. Tous les raccordements doivent pouvoir supporter une température
ambiante supérieure à 75°C.
5. Tous les presse-étoupes utilisés doivent avoir un diamètre interne en
rapport avec les câbles afin d'assurer un serrage correct sur ces derniers.
6. Afin de garantir la sécurité du fonctionnement de cet appareil, le
raccordement à l'alimentation électrique doit être réalisé exclusivement
au travers d'un disjoncteur (minimum 10A.) isolant tous les conducteurs
en cas d'anomalie. Ce disjoncteur doit également pouvoir être actionné
manuellement, de façon mécanique. Dans le cas contraire, un autre
système doit être mis en place afin de pouvoir isoler l'appareil et doit
être signalisé comme tel. Disjoncteurs et interrupteurs doivent être
conformes à une norme reconnue telle IEC947.
7. Lorsque les équipements ou les capots affichent le
symbole suivant, cela signifie que des tensions
dangereuses sont présentes. Ces capots ne doivent
être démontés que lorsque l'alimentation est coupée, et
uniquement par un personnel compétent.
8. Lorsque les équipements ou les capots affichent le
symbole suivant, cela signifie que des surfaces
dangereusement chaudes sont présentes. Ces capots ne
doivent être démontés que lorsque l'alimentation est
coupée, et uniquement par un personnel compétent.
Certaines surfaces peuvent rester chaudes jusqu'à
45 mn.
9. Lorsque les équipements ou les capots affichent le
symbole suivant, se reporter au manuel d'instructions.
10. Tous les symboles graphiques utilisés dans ce produit
sont conformes à un ou plusieurs des standards
suivants: EN61010-1, IEC417 & ISO3864.
11. Les équipements comportant une étiquette avec la mention " Ne pas
ouvrir sous tension " ou toute autre mention similaire peuvent créer un
risque d'incendie dans les environnements explosifs. Ces équipements
ne doivent être ouverts que lorsqu'ils sont hors tension et que la durée de
refroidissement requise indiquée sur l'étiquette ou dans le manuel
d'instructions s'est écoulée. En outre ils ne doivent être ouverts que par
un personnel qualifié.
Oxymitter 4000
A-12
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
FONTOS
Biztonsági előírások a készülék vezetékeléséhez és üzembeállításához
A következő biztonsági előírások kifejezetten vonatkoznak az összes
EU-tagállamra. Ezeket szigorúan be kell tartani a Kisfeszültségű
irányelvnek való megfelelés biztosításához. A nem EU-tagállamok
szintén tartsák be a következőket, kivéve ha a helyi és nemzeti
szabványok azt másként nem írják elő.
1. A megfelelı földelést biztosítani kell az összes rendelkezésre álló
földelési ponton, legyen az belsı vagy külsı.
2. Az üzembeállítás vagy hibaelhárítás után az összes biztonsági
burkolatot és biztonsági földvezetéket ki kell cserélni. A földelıkapcsok
sértetlenségét mindig biztosítani kell.
3. A tápvezetékeknek eleget kell tenniük az IEC227 vagy IEC245
szabványokban megfogalmazott követelményeknek.
4. Az összes vezetéknek alkalmasnak kell lennie a 75 °C-nál magasabb
környezeti hımérséklet melletti használatra.
5. Az összes használt kábelvezetı tömszelencének olyan belsı
méretőnek kell lennie, hogy biztosítsák a kábelek megfelelı lekötését.
6. A berendes biztonságos mőködésének biztosításához az elektromos
lózathoz való csatlakozást csak megszakín keresztül szabad
megvalósítani, amely az összes áramot sllívezeket bontja
hibahelyzet esetén. A megszakító magában foglalhat egy mechanikusan
mőködtethetı áramtalanító kapcsolót is. Ellenkezı esetben biztosítani kell
a berendezés elektromos hálózatl történı lekapcsolásának más módját,
és ezt világosan jelezni kell. A megszakíknak vagy kapcsolóknak meg
kell felelniük egy elismert szabványnak, pélul az IEC947 szabványnak.
Az összes vezetéknek meg kell felelnie az összes helyi szabványnak.
7. Ha a berendezés vagy a burkolata a jobb oldalon
látható szimbólummal jelzett, alatta valószínőleg
veszélyes feszültség van jelen. Az ilyen burkolat csak a
berendezés áramtalanítása után távolítható el - és csak
képzett szervizszakember végezheti el.
8. Ha a berendezés vagy a burkolata a jobb oldalon
látható szimbólummal jelzett, fenn áll a veszélye, hogy
alatta forró felületek találhatóak. Az ilyen burkolatot
csak képzett szervizszakember távolíthatja el a
berendezés áramtalanítása után. Bizonyos felületek
érintésre forróak maradhatnak.
9. Ha a berendezés vagy a burkolata a jobb oldalon
látható szimbólummal jelzett, tekintse meg az
Üzemeltetési útmutató arra vonatkozó utasításait.
10. A terméken használt grafikus szimbólumok a következı
szabványok legalább egyikébıl származnak:
EN61010-1, IEC417 és ISO3864.
11. Ha a berendezésen vagy a címkéken a „Ne nyissa ki bekapcsolt
állapotban” vagy hasonló felhívás szerepel, robbanásveszélyes
környezetben fennáll a gyulladás veszélye. Ez a berendezés csak
áramtalanítás után nyitható ki, a címkén vagy a kezelési útmutatóban
szereplı, a berendezés lehőlését biztosító megfelelı idıi ráhagyás után -
és csak képzett szervizszakember végezheti el.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-13
Oxymitter 4000
IMPORTANTE
Norme di sicurezza per il cablaggio e l'installazione dello strumento.
Le seguenti norme di sicurezza si applicano specificatamente agli stati
membri dell'Unione Europea, la cui stretta osservanza è richiesta per
garantire conformità alla Direttiva del Basso Voltaggio. Esse si
applicano anche agli stati non appartenenti all'Unione Europea, salvo
quanto disposto dalle vigenti normative locali o nazionali.
1. Collegamenti di terra idonei devono essere eseguiti per tutti i punti di
messa a terra interni ed esterni, dove previsti.
2. Dopo l'installazione o la localizzazione dei guasti, assicurarsi che tutti i
coperchi di protezione siano stati collocati e le messa a terra siano
collegate. L'integrità di ciscun morsetto di terra deve essere
costantemente garantita.
3. I cavi di alimentazione della rete devono essere secondo disposizioni
IEC227 o IEC245.
4. L'intero impianto elettrico deve essere adatto per uso in ambiente con
temperature superiore a 75°C.
5. Le dimensioni di tutti i connettori dei cavi utilizzati devono essere tali da
consentire un adeguato ancoraggio al cavo.
6. Per garantire un sicuro funzionamento dello strumento il collegamento alla
rete di alimentazione principale dov essere eseguita tramite interruttore
automatico (min.10A), in grado di disattivare tutti i conduttori di circuito in
caso di guasto. Tale interruttore dovrà inoltre prevedere un sezionatore
manuale o altro dispositivo di interruzione dell'alimentazione, chiaramente
identificabile. Gli interruttori dovranno essere conformi agli standard
riconosciuti, quali IEC947.
7. Il simbolo riportato sullo strumento o sui coperchi di
protezione indica probabile presenza di elevati voltaggi.
Tali coperchi di protezione devono essere rimossi
esclusivamente da personale qualificato, dopo aver
tolto alimentazione allo strumento.
8. Il simbolo riportato sullo strumento o sui coperchi di
protezione indica rischio di contatto con superfici ad alta
temperatura. Tali coperchi di protezione devono essere
rimossi esclusivamente da personale qualificato, dopo
aver tolto alimentazione allo strumento. Alcune superfici
possono mantenere temperature elevate per oltre 45 minuti.
9. Se lo strumento o il coperchio di protezione riportano il
simbolo, fare riferimento alle istruzioni del manuale
Operatore.
10. Tutti i simboli grafici utilizzati in questo prodotto sono
previsti da uno o più dei seguenti standard: EN61010-1,
IEC417 e ISO3864.
11. L'indicazione "Non aprire sotto tensione" o simili sull'apparecchiatura o
sulle etichette segnala il pericolo di accensione nelle aree in cui è
presente un'atmosfera esplosiva. L'apparecchiatura può essere aperta
solo quando l'alimentazione è scollegata ed è trascorso il tempo
indicato sull'etichetta o nel manuale delle istruzioni per consentirne il
raffreddamento. L'operazione può essere effettuata esclusivamente da
personale dell'assistenza qualificato.
Oxymitter 4000
A-14
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SVARBU
š
io prietaiso laidų prijungimo ir instaliacijos saugos instrukcijos
Toliau išvardinti saugumo reikalavimai taikomi konkrečiai visoms ES
šalims narėms. Jų turi būti griežtai paisoma, kad būtų užtikrintai
laikomasi Žemos įtampos direktyvos. Ne ES narės taip pat turi laikytis
toliau pateikiamų reikalavimų nebent juos pakeičia vietiniai ar
Nacionaliniai standartai.
1. Turi būti atliktas tinkamas įžeminimas visuose įžeminimo taškuose,
vidiniuose ir išoriniuose, kur numatyta.
2. Visos apsaugin÷s dangos ir įžemikliai po instaliacijos ar remonto turi
būti pakeisti. Visų įžeminimo terminalų vientisumo priežiūra turi būti
atliekama nuolat.
3. Matinimo tinklo laidai turi atitikti IEC227 ar IEC245 reikalavimus.
4. Visi laidai turi būti tinkami naudojimui aplinkos temperatūtoje,
aukštesn÷je nei 75°C.
5. Visi naudojamų kabelių riebokšliai turi būti tokių vidinių matmenų, kad
būtų galimas tinkamas kabelio pritvirtinimas.
6. Saugaus šio prietaiso veikimo užtikrinimui, prijungimas prie maitinimo
tinklo turi būti atliekamas tik per automatinį pertraukiklį, kuris atjungs
visas grandines nešančius konduktorius linijos gedimo metu.
Automatinis pertraukiklis taip pat gali tur÷ti mechaniškai veikiantį
įzoliavimo jungiklį. Jeigu ne, tuomet turi būti nurodytos kitos įrenginio
atjungimo priemon÷s, ir aiškai pažym÷tos, kad jos tokios yra.
Automatiniai perjungikliai ar jungikliai turi atitikti pripažintus standartus,
tokius kaip IEC947. Visi laidai turi atitikti visus vietinius standartus.
7. Kur įrenginys ar dangos yra pažym÷ti simboliu dešin÷je,
žemiau turi būti pavojinga įtampa. Šios dangos turi būti
nuimamos tik tada, kai srov÷ yra pašalinta iš įrenginio -
ir tik tuomet tai turi atlikti apmokytas personalas.
8. Ten kur įrenginys ar dangos yra pažym÷ti simboliu
dešin÷je, ten yra pavojus nuo karštų paviršių apačioje.
Šios dangos gali būti nuimamos tik apmokyto
personalo, kai srov÷ yra pašalinta iš įrenginio. Tam tikri
paviršiai gali išlikti karšti liečiant.
9. Ten kur įrenginys ar dangos yra pažym÷ti simboliu
d÷šin÷je, žr. nurodymus Valdymo instrukcijose.
10. Visi grafiniai simboliai naudojami šiam produktui yra iš
vieno ar daugiau toliau išvardintų standartų:
EN61010-1, IEC417, ir ISO3864.
11. Ten, kur įrenginys ar etiket÷s yra pažym÷ti "Neatidaryti esant srov÷s
tiekimui" ar panašiai, yra užsidegimo pavojus tose vietose, kur yra
sprogstamoji atmosfera. Šis įrenginys gali būti atidarytas tuomet, kai yra
pašalinta srov÷, ir pra÷jęs atitinkamas laikas, nurodytas etiket÷je ar
valdymo instrukcijoje, pakankamas įrenginio ataušimui - ir tai tik
apmokyto personalo.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-15
Oxymitter 4000
SVARĪGI
Drošības norādījumi šīs iekārtas pievienanai un uzstādīšanai
Turpmākie drošības norādījumi attiecas uz visām ES dalībvalstīm. Tie ir
stingri jāievēro, lai nodrošinātu atbilstību Zemsprieguma direktīvai.
Turpmāk norādītais jāievēro arī valstīs, kas nav ES dalībvalstis, ja vien
šos norādījumus neaizstāj vietējie vai valsts standarti.
1. Visi pieejamie iekšējie un ārējie zemējuma punkti ir atbilstoši jāiezemē.
2. Pēc uzstādīšanas vai problēmu risināšanas visi drošības pārsegi un
drošības zemējuma savienojumi ir jāpievieno atpakaĜ. Visiem zemējuma
savienojumiem vienmēr jābūt iezemētiem.
3. Elektropadeves vadiem jāatbilst IEC227 vai IEC245 prasībām.
4. Visai elektroinstalācijai jābūt piemērotai lietošanai apkārtējā
temperatūrā, kas pārsniedz 75°C.
5. Visu izmantoto kabeĜu blīvju iekšējiem izmēriem jābūt tādiem, lai
atbilstoši nostiprinātu kabeli.
6. Lai nodrošinātu šīs iekārtas drošu darbību, savienojums ar
elektropadeves tīklu jāizveido, izmantojot slēdzi, kas kĜūmes gadījumā
atvienos visas ėēdes, kurās ir vadītāji. Slēdzī var būt iestrādāts arī
mehānisks pārtraucējslēdzis. Ja tāda nav, tad ir jāuzstāda cita veida
ierīce iekārtas atvienošanai no strāvas padeves un tā atbilstoši un skaidri
jāmarėē. Slēdžiem jāatbilst kādam vispāratzītam standartam, piemēram,
IEC947. Visai elektroinstalācijai jāatbilst vietējiem standartiem.
7. Vietās, kur iekārta vai tās pārsegi ir marėēti ar labajā
pusē norādīto simbolu, visticamāk, zem tiem ir bīstams
spriegums. Šos pārsegus drīkst noĦemt tikai tad, ja
iekārta ir atvienota no strāvas padeves, un šos darbus
drīkst veikt tikai atbilstoši apmācīti remontdarbu
darbinieki.
8. Vietās, kur iekārta vai tās pārsegi ir marėēti ar labajā
pusē norādīto simbolu, apdraudējumu izraisa zem tiem
esošās karstās virsmas. Šos pārsegus drīkst noĦemt tikai
atbilstoši apmācīti remontdarbu darbinieki, kad iekārta ir
atvienota no strāvas padeves. Iespējams, dažas virsmas
arī pēc iekārtas atvienošanas paliks karstas.
9. Ja iekārta vai pārsegi ir marėēti ar labajā pusē esošo
simbolu, skatiet operatora rokasgrāmatā ietvertos
norādījumus.
10. Visi šajā izstrādājumā izmantotie grafiskie simboli atbilst
vienam vai vairākiem no šiem standartiem: EN61010-1,
IEC417 un ISO3864.
11. Ja iekārtai vai uzlīmēm ir marėējums "Neatvērt, kamēr pieslēgta strāvai"
vai tamlīdzīga norāde, tas nozīmē, ka sprādzienbīstamā vidē ir
uzliesmošanas bīstamība. Šo iekārtu drīkst atvērt tikai tad, ja ir atvienota
strāva un ir nogaidīts iekārtas atdzišanai nepieciešamais laiks, kas
norādīts uzlīmē vai ekspluatācijas rokasgrāmatā, – un šos darbus drīkst
veikt tikai atbilstoši apmācīti remontdarbu darbinieki.
Oxymitter 4000
A-16
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
1. Konnessjonijiet adegwati ta' l-ert għandhom isiru għall-punti kollha ta'
l-ert, interni u esterni, fejn ikun ipprovdut.
2. Wara l-installazzjoni jew meta tipprova ssolvi xi problema, l-għatjien
kollha tas-sigurtà u l-erts tas-sigurtà għandhom jitpoġġew lura f'posthom.
L-integrità tat-terminali kollha ta' l-ert għandha tinżamm f'kull ħin.
3. Il-wajers tal-provvista tad-dawl għandhom ikunu konformi ml-ħtiġijiet ta'
IEC227 jew IEC245.
4. Il-wiring kollu għandu jkun adattat għall-użu f'temperatura ta' l-ambjent ta'
iktar minn 75°C.
5. Il-glands tal-kejbils kollha li jintużw iridu jkunu ta' daqs intern tali li
jipprovdu ankoraġġ adegwat lill-kejbil.
6. Biex tiżgura t-tħaddim sigur ta' dan it-tagħmir, il-konnessjoni mal-provvista
tad-dawl għandha ssir biss permezz ta' circuit breaker li jiskonnetta
l-kondutturi kollha li jkunu jġorru ċ-ċirkuwiti f'sitwazzjoni meta jkun hemm
il-ħsara. Is-circuit breaker jista wkoll jinkludi swiċċ li jiżola li jaħdem b'mod
mekkaniku. Jekk dan ma jkunx il-każ, mezz ieħor ta' kif it-tagħmir jiġi
skonnettjat minn mal-provvista tad-dawl għandu jkun ipprovdut, u jkun
immrkat b'mod ċar li hu hekk. Is-circuit breakers jew swiċċijiet iridu jkunu
konformi ma' standard rikonoxxut bħal IEC947. Il-wiring kollu jrid ikun
konformi ma' l-istandards lokali, jekk ikun hemm.
7. Meta t-tagħmir jew l-għatjien ikunu mmarkati bis-simbolu fuq il-lemin,
x'aktarx li jkun hemm vultaġġi perikolużi taħthom. Dawn l-għatjien
għandhom jitneħħew biss meta titneħħa l-provvista tad-dawl
mit-tagħmir - u minn ħaddiema tal-manutenzjoni mħarrġa biss.
8. Meta t-tagħmir jew l-għatjien ikunu mmarkati bis-simbolu fuq il-lemin,
ikun hemm periklu mill-uċuħ jaħarqu li jkun hemm taħthom. Dawn
l-għatjienandhom jitneħħew biss minn ħaddiema tal-manutenzjoni
mħarrġa meta titneħħa l-provvista tad-dawl mit-tagħmir. Ċerti wċuħ
jistgħu jibqgħu jaħarqu meta tmisshom.
9. Meta t-tagħmir jew l-għatjien ikunu mmarkati bis-simbolu fuq il-lemin,
irreferi għall-Manwal ta' l-Operatur għall-istruzzjonijiet.
10. Is-simboli grafiċi kollha użati f'dan il-prodott huma minn wieħed jew
iktar mill-istandards li ġejjin: EN61010-1, IEC417, u ISO3864.
11. Fejn it-tagħmir u t-tikketti huma mmarkati bil-kliem “Tiftaħx Meta
Jkun Enerġizzat” jew kliem simili, hemm periklu ta' nar f'żoni fejn
atmosfera esplossiva hi preżenti. It-tagħmir għandu jinfetaħ biss meta
l-provvista tad-dawl tkun mitfija u jkun għadda ħin biżżejjed, kif speċifikat
fuq it-tikketta jew fil-manwal ta' l-istruzzjonijiet, biex it-tagħmir ikun kesaħ
– u t-tagħmir għandu jinfetaħ biss minn staff li jkun imħarreġ.
L-istruzzjonijiet tas-sigurtà japplikaw speċifikamentall-Istati Membri ta'
l-UE. Dawn għandhom jiġu osservati b'mod strett biex tkun żgurata l-
konformità mad-Direttiva dwar il-Vultaġġ Baxx. Stati li mhumiex membri ta'
l-UE għandhom ukoll ikunu konformi ma' dan li ġej ħlief jekk dawn ikunu
sostituti mill-Istandards lokali jew Nazzjonali.
STRUZZJONIJIET TAS-SIGURTÀ GĦALL-WIRING U
L-INSTALLAZZJONI TAT-TAGĦMIR
IMPORTANTI
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-17
Oxymitter 4000
VIKTIG
Sikkerhetsinstruks for tilkobling og installasjon av dette utstyret.
Følgende sikkerhetsinstruksjoner gjelder spesifikt alle EU medlemsland
og land med i EØS-avtalen. Instruksjonene skal følges nøye slik at
installasjonen blir i henhold til lavspenningsdirektivet. Den bør også
følges i andre land, med mindre annet er spesifisert av lokale- eller
nasjonale standarder.
1. Passende jordforbindelser må tilkobles alle jordingspunkter, interne og
eksterne hvor disse forefinnes.
2. Etter installasjon eller feilsøking skal alle sikkerhetsdeksler og
jordforbindelser reetableres. Jordingsforbindelsene må alltid holdes i
god stand.
3. Kabler fra spenningsforsyning skal oppfylle kravene spesifisert i IEC227
eller IEC245.
4. Alle ledningsforbindelser skal være konstruert for en
omgivelsestemperatur høyere en 750°C.
5. Alle kabelforskruvninger som benyttes skal ha en indre dimensjon slik at
tilstrekkelig avlastning oppnåes.
6. For å oppnå sikker drift og betjening skal forbindelsen til
spenningsforsyningen bare skje gjennom en strømbryter (minimum 10A)
som vil bryte spenningsforsyningen til alle elektriske kretser ved en
feilsituasjon. Strømbryteren kan også inneholde en mekanisk operert
bryter for å isolere instrumentet fra spenningsforsyningen. Dersom det
ikke er en mekanisk operert bryter installert,det være en annen måte
å isolere utstyret fra spenningsforsyningen, og denne måten må være
tydelig merket. Kretsbrytere eller kontakter skal oppfylle kravene i en
annerkjent standard av typen IEC947 eller tilsvarende.
7. Der hvor utstyr eller deksler er merket med symbol for
farlig spenning, er det sannsynlig at disse er tilstede bak
dekslet. Disse dekslene må bare fjærnes når
spenningsforsyning er frakoblet utstyret, og da bare av
trenet servicepersonell.
8. Der hvor utstyr eller deksler er merket med symbol for
meget varm overflate, er det sannsynlig at disse er
tilstede bak dekslet. Disse dekslene må bare fjærnes
når spenningsforsyning er frakoblet utstyret, og da bare
av trenet servicepersonell. Noen overflater kan være for
varme til å berøres i opp til 45 minutter etter
spenningsforsyning frakoblet.
9. Der hvor utstyret eller deksler er merket med symbol,
vennligst referer til instruksjonsmanualen for instrukser.
10. Alle grafiske symboler brukt i dette produktet er fra en
eller flere av følgende standarder: EN61010-1, IEC417
& ISO3864.
11. Når utstyr eller merkelapper bærer advarselen "Må ikke åpnes under
spenning" eller lignende, innbærer det fare for eksplosjon i områder
med en eksplosiv atmosfære. Utstyret skal bare åpnes når det ikke er
noen strømtilførsel, og etter at det har hatt tilstrekkelig tid til å kjøle ned,
som spesifisert på merkelappen eller i håndboken. Selv da skal utstyret
bare åpnes av erfarne serviceteknikere.
Oxymitter 4000
A-18
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
WAŻNE!
Zalecenia dotyczące bezpieczeństwa w zakresie podłączania i instalacji
tego urządzenia
Następujące zalecenia dotyczą zwłaszcza stosowania urządzenia we
wszystkich krajach Unii Europejskiej. Należy się ściśle do nich
stosować w celu zapewnienia zgodności z dyrektywą niskonapięciową.
W przypadku instalacji urządzenia w krajach nienależących do Unii
Europejskiej należy również przestrzegać poniższych zaleceń, chyba że
są one zastąpione lokalnymi lub ogólnokrajowymi standardami.
1. Urządzenie naleŜy podłączyć kablem uziemiającym do wszystkich
punktów uziemienia (wewnętrznych i zewnętrznych).
2. Po instalacji lub czynnościach serwisowych naleŜy zamknąć wszystkie
pokrywy zabezpieczające i ponownie podłączyć uziemienie. NaleŜy
pilnować, by nie doszło do przerwania uziemienia.
3. Przewody zasilające powinny być zgodne z wymaganiami normy
IEC227 lub IEC245.
4. Wszystkie przewody powinny być odpowiednie do uŜytku w środowisku
o temperaturze wyŜszej niŜ 75°C.
5. Wszystkie dławnice powinny mieć wymiary wewnętrzne zapewniające
pewne umocowanie przewodów.
6. W celu zapewnienia bezpiecznej pracy urządzenie naleŜy podłączyć do
sieci tylko za pośrednictwem wyłącznika automatycznego, który w razie
awarii oączy wszystkie obwody, w których przepływa prąd. Wyłącznik
automatyczny moŜe byćwnieŜ wyposaŜony w mechaniczny oącznik
napięcia. W przeciwnym razie naleŜy zapewnić i jasno oznaczyć inną
moŜliwość odłączenia urządzenia od zasilania. Wyłączniki automatyczne
oraz odłączniki powinny być zgodne z uznawanymi standardami, takimi
jak norma IEC947. Wszystkie przewody muszą być zgodne z lokalnymi
przepisami.
7. Pod pokrywami lub elementami urządzenia oznaczonymi
symbolem pokazanym na rysunku po prawej stronie
moŜe występować niebezpieczne napięcie elektryczne.
Te pokrywy mogą być zdejmowane tylko po odłączeniu
zasilania, wyłącznie przez odpowiednio przeszkolonych
pracowników serwisu.
8. Pod pokrywami lub elementami urządzenia
oznaczonymi symbolem pokazanym na rysunku po
prawej stronie znajdują się gorące powierzchnie. Te
pokrywy mogą być zdejmowane tylko po oączeniu
zasilania, wyłącznie przez odpowiednio przeszkolonych
pracowników serwisu. Niektóre powierzchnie mogą
pozostać nagrzane przez pewien czas po odłączeniu zasilania.
9. W przypadku sprzętu oraz pokryw oznaczonych
symbolem pokazanym na rysunku po prawej stronie
naleŜy zapoznać się ze wskazówkami w Instrukcji
operatora i stosować się do nich.
10. Wszystkie symbole graficzne zastosowane do
oznaczenia produktu pochodzą z następujących norm: EN61010-1,
IEC417 lub ISO3864.
11. Oznaczenie „Nie otwierać, gdy urządzenie jest pod napięciem” lub
podobne oznaczenia informują o ryzyku zapłonu w miejscach, gdzie
występuje zagroŜenie wybuchem. Urządzenie naleŜy otwierać tylko po
odłączeniu zasilania i po upływie czasu na ostygnięcie urządzenia
oznaczonego na etykiecie lub w instrukcji obsługi. Urządzenie mogą
otwierać wyłącznie odpowiednio przeszkoleni pracownicy serwisu.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-19
Oxymitter 4000
IMPORTANTE
Instruções de segurança para ligação e instalação deste aparelho.
As seguintes instruções de segurança aplicam-se especificamente a
todos os estados membros da UE. Devem ser observadas rigidamente
por forma a garantir o cumprimento da Directiva sobre Baixa Tensão.
Relativamente aos estados que não pertençam à UE, deverão cumprir
igualmente a referida directiva, exceptuando os casos em que a
legislação local a tiver substituído.
1. Devem ser feitas ligações de terra apropriadas a todos os pontos de
terra, internos ou externos.
2. Após a instalação ou eventual reparação, devem ser recolocadas todas
as tampas de segurança e terras de protecção. Deve manter-se sempre
a integridade de todos os terminais de terra.
3. Os cabos de alimentação eléctrica devem obedecer às exigências das
normas IEC227 ou IEC245.
4. Os cabos e fios utilizados nas ligações eléctricas devem ser adequados
para utilização a uma temperatura ambiente até 75ºC.
5. As dimensões internas dos bucins dos cabos devem ser adequadas a
uma boa fixação dos cabos.
6. Para assegurar um funcionamento seguro deste equipamento, a
ligação ao cabo de alimentação eléctrica deve ser feita através de um
disjuntor (min. 10A) que desligará todos os condutores de circuitos
durante uma avaria. O disjuntor poderá também conter um interruptor
de isolamento accionado manualmente. Caso contrário, deverá ser
instalado qualquer outro meio para desligar o equipamento da energia
eléctrica, devendo ser assinalado convenientemente. Os disjuntores ou
interruptores devem obedecer a uma norma reconhecida, tipo IEC947.
7. Sempre que o equipamento ou as tampas contiverem o
símbolo, é provável a existência de tensões perigosas.
Estas tampas só devem ser retiradas quando a energia
eléctrica tiver sido desligada e por Pessoal da
Assistência devidamente treinado.
8. Sempre que o equipamento ou as tampas contiverem o
símbolo, há perigo de existência de superfícies quentes.
Estas tampas só devem ser retiradas por Pessoal da
Assistência devidamente treinado e depois de a energia
eléctrica ter sido desligada. Algumas superfícies
permanecem quentes até 45 minutos depois.
9. Sempre que o equipamento ou as tampas contiverem o
símbolo, o Manual de Funcionamento deve ser
consultado para obtenção das necessárias instruções.
10. Todos os símbolos gráficos utilizados neste produto
baseiam-se em uma ou mais das seguintes normas:
EN61010-1, IEC417 e ISO3864.
11. Sempre que o equipamento ou as etiquetas apresentarem o aviso "Não
abrir quando ligado à corrente" ou semelhante, existe um risco de ignição
em atmosferas explosivas. Este equipamento só deve ser aberto depois
de desligado da corrente eléctrica e o tempo de arrefecimento adequado
especificado na etiqueta ou no manual de instruções ter decorrido.
O equipamento só pode ser aberto por técnicos qualificados.
Oxymitter 4000
A-20
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
DÔLEŽITÉ
Bezpečnostné pokyny pre zapojenie káblov a inštaláciu tohto prístroja
Nasledovné bezpečnostné pokyny sa vzt’ahujú konkrétne na všetky
členské štáty EÚ. Musia byt’ striktne dodržané, aby sa zaistila zhoda so
Smernicou o nízkom napätí. Štáty, ktoré nie sú členskými štátmi EÚ by
mali nasledovné pokyny taktiež dodržiavat’, pokiaľ nie sú nahradené
miestnymi alebo národnými normami.
1. Adekvátne uzemnenia musia byt’ vykonané na všetkých bodoch
uzemnenia, interných aj externých, tam, kde sú poskytnuté.
2. Po inštalácii alebo riešení problémov musia byt’ všetky bezpečnostné
kryty a bezpečnostné uzemnenia vymenené. Integrita všetkých
uzemňovacích terminálov musí byt’ vždy zachovaná.
3. Káble siet’ového napájania musia byt’ v zhode s požiadavkami IEC227
alebo IEC245.
4. Všetky káblové pripojenia by mali byt’ vhodné pre používanie v teplote
okolia vyššej, ako 75°C.
5. Všetky použité káblové priechodky musia mat’ také vnútorné rozmery,
aby poskytovali adekvátne uchopenie kábla.
6. Pre zaistenie bezpečnej prevádzky tohto zariadenia musí byt’ pripojenie
k siet’ovému napájaniu zapojené len cez prerušovač obvodu, ktorý
počas poruchovej situácie odpojí všetky obvody elektrických vodičov.
Prerušovač obvodu by mal obsahovataj mechanicky ovládaný úsekový
vypínač. Ak nie, musí byt’ poskytnutý iný spôsob odpojenia zariadenia
od siet’ového napájania a tento spôsob musí byt’ zreteľne označený.
Prerušovače obvodu alebo spínače musia byt’ v zhode s uznanou
normou, ako napr. IEC947. Všetky káblové pripojenia musia vyhovovat’
akýmkoľvek miestnym normám.
7. Tam, kde je zariadenie alebo kryty označené symbolom
na pravej strane, sa pravdepodobne nachádza
nebezpeč napätie. Tieto kryty by sa mali odoberat’
len vtedy, keď je zariadenie odpojené od elektrickej
energie a len vyškoleným servisným personálom.
8. Tam, kde je zariadenie alebo kryty označené symbolom
na pravej strane, existuje nebezpečenstvo horúcich
povrchov. Tieto kryty by mali byt’ odstraňované len
vyškoleným servisným personálom, pričom je
zariadenie odpojené od elektrickej energie. Určité
povrchy môžu ostat’ horúce na dotyk.
9. V miestach, kde je zariadenie alebo kryty označené
symbolom na pravej strane, si kvôli pokynom pozrite
Operátorskú príručku.
10. Všetky obrázkové symboly použité pri tomto produkte
zodpovedajú jednej alebo viacerým nasledujúcim
normám: EN61010-1, IEC417 a ISO3864.
11. V miestach, kde je zariadenie alebo značky označené nápisom
"Neotvárat’ pod elektrickým prúdom" alebo podobné, existuje
nebezpečenstvo vznietenia v oblastiach s prítomnost’ou výbušného
ovzdušia. Toto zariadenie sa smie otvárat’ len v prípade odpojenia od
elektrického napájania a ponechania zariadenia vychladnút’ po dobu
uplynutia dostatočného času tak, ako je to uvedené na štítku alebo
v návode na použitie - a len vyškoleným servisným personálom.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-21
Oxymitter 4000
POMEMBNO
Varnostna navodila za povezavo in vgradnjo naprave
Naslednja varnostna navodila veljajo za vse države članice EU. Zaradi
zagotovitve skladnosti z nizkonapetostno direktivo morate navodila
strogo upoštevati. V državah, ki niso članice EU, je treba upoštevati tudi
naslednje smernice, razen če jih ne zamenjujejo lokalni ali nacionalnimi
standardi.
1. Do vseh ozemljitvenih točk, notranjih in zunanjih, ki so na voljo, morajo
biti speljane ustrezne ozemljitvene povezave.
2. Po vgradnji ali odpravljanju težav je treba namestiti vse varnostne
pokrove in zčitne ozemljitve. Brezhibnost vseh ozemljitvenih
priključkov je treba nenehno preverjati.
3. Omrežni napajalni kabli morajo biti skladni z zahtevami standarda
IEC227 ali IEC245.
4. Vsa napeljava mora biti primerna za uporabi pri temperaturi okolja, višji
od 75 °C.
5. Notranje dimenzije kabelskih tesnilk morajo zagotavljati ustrezno
pritrditev kablov.
6. Za zagotovitev varnega delovanja opreme mora biti povezava z omrežnim
napajanjem vzpostavljena prek odklopnega stikala, ki v primeru napake
izklopi vse tokokroge s prevodniki. Odklopno stikalo lahko vključuje tudi
mehansko izolacijsko stikalo. V nasprotnem primeru morajo biti
zagotovljeni in jasno označeni drugi načini za izklop opreme iz napajanja.
Odklopna in druga stikala morajo biti skladna z uveljavljenimi standardi,
kot je IEC947. Vsa napeljava mora biti skladna z lokalnimi standardi.
7. V opremi ali pod pokrovi, ki so označeni s simbolom na
desni, je prisotna nevarna napetost. Te pokrove je
dovoljeno odstraniti samo, če je napajanje opreme
izklopljeno. To lahko izvaja samo usposobljeno servisno
osebje.
8. Pri opremi ali pod pokrovi, ki so označeni s simbolom na
desni, so prisotne nevarne vroče površine. Te pokrove
lahko odstranjuje samo usposobljeno servisno osebje.
Napajanje opreme mora biti izklopljeno. Določene
površine so lahko vroče.
9. Pri opremi ali pokrovih, ki so označeni s simbolom na
desni, si za navodila oglejte priročnik za upravljanje.
10. Vsi uporabljeni grafični simboli so iz enega ali več
naslednjih standardov: EN61010-1, IEC417 in ISO3864.
11. Če je na opremi ali oznakah navedeno "Ne odpirajte, če je pod
napetostjo" ali podobno opozorilo, je na območjih z eksplozivnim
ozračjem prisotna nevarnost vžiga. To opremo je dovoljeno odpirati
samo, če je napajanje izklopljeno in je poteklo dovolj časa, da se
oprema ohladi, kot je navedeno na oznaki ali v priročniku z navodili.
Opremo lahko odpira samo usposobljeno servisno osebje.
Oxymitter 4000
A-22
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
IMPORTANTE
Instrucciones de seguridad para el montaje y cableado de este aparato.
Las siguientes instrucciones de seguridad, son de aplicacion especifica
a todos los miembros de la UE y se adjuntaran para cumplir la normativa
europea de baja tension.
1. Se deben preveer conexiones a tierra del equipo, tanto externa como
internamente, en aquellos terminales previstos al efecto.
2. Una vez finalizada las operaciones de mantenimiento del equipo, se
deben volver a colocar las cubiertas de seguridad aasi como los
terminales de tierra. Se debe comprobar la integridad de cada terminal.
3. Los cables de alimentacion electrica cumpliran con las normas IEC 227
o IEC 245.
4. Todo el cableado sera adecuado para una temperatura ambiental de
75ºC.
5. Todos los prensaestopas seran adecuados para una fijacion adecuada
de los cables.
6. Para un manejo seguro del equipo, la alimentacion electrica se realizara
a traves de un interruptor magnetotermico ( min 10 A ), el cual
desconectara la alimentacion electrica al equipo en todas sus fases
durante un fallo. Los interruptores estaran de acuerdo a la norma IEC
947 u otra de reconocido prestigio.
7. Cuando las tapas o el equipo lleve impreso el simbolo
de tension electrica peligrosa, dicho alojamiento
solamente se abrira una vez que se haya interrumpido
la alimentacion electrica al equipo asimismo la
intervencion sera llevada a cabo por personal
entrenado para estas labores.
8. Cuando las tapas o el equipo lleve impreso el simbolo,
hay superficies con alta temperatura, por tanto se abrira
una vez que se haya interrumpido la alimentacion
electrica al equipo por personal entrenado para estas
labores, y al menos se esperara unos 45 minutos para
enfriar las superficies calientes.
9. Cuando el equipo o la tapa lleve impreso el simbolo, se
consultara el manual de instrucciones.
10. Todos los simbolos graficos usados en esta hoja, estan
de acuerdo a las siguientes normas EN61010-1,
IEC417 & ISO 3864.
11. Cuando el equipo o las etiquetas tienen la indicación " No abrir mientras
reciba energía" u otra similar, existe el peligro de ignición en zonas
donde haya un ambiente explosivo. Este equipo sólo debe ser abierto
por personal de servicio cualificado después de apagarlo y dejar pasar
el intervalo de tiempo correspondiente indicado en la etiqueta o el
manual de instrucciones para que el equipo se enfríe.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-23
Oxymitter 4000
VIKTIGT
Säkerhetsföreskrifter för kablage och installation av denna apparat.
Följande säkerhetsföreskrifter är tillämpliga för samtliga
EU-medlemsländer. De skall följas i varje avseende för att
överensstämma med Lågspännings direktivet. Icke EU medlemsländer
skall också följa nedanstående punkter, såvida de inte övergrips av
lokala eller nationella föreskrifter.
1. Tillämplig jordkontakt skall utföras till alla jordade punkter, såväl internt
som externt där så erfordras.
2. Efter installation eller felsökning skall samtliga säkerhetshöljen och
säkerhetsjord återplaceras. Samtliga jordterminaler måste hållas
obrutna hela tiden.
3. Matningsspänningens kabel måste överensstämma med föreskrifterna i
IEC227 eller IEC245.
4. Allt kablage skall vara lämpligt för användning i en
omgivningstemperatur högre än 75ºC.
5. Alla kabelförskruvningar som används skall ha inre dimensioner som
motsvarar adekvat kabelförankring.
6. För att säkerställa säker drift av denna utrustning skall anslutning till
huvudströmmen endast göras genom en säkring (min 10A) som skall
frånkoppla alla strömförande kretsar när något fel uppstår. Säkringen
kan även ha en mekanisk frånskiljare. Om så inte är fallet, måste ett
annat förfarande för att frånskilja utrustningen från strömförsörjning
tillhandahållas och klart framgå genom markering. Säkring eller
omkopplare måste överensstämma med en gällande standard såsom t
ex IEC947.
7. Där utrustning eller hölje är markerad med vidstående
symbol föreliggerisk för livsfarlig spänning i närheten.
Dessa höljen får endast avlägsnas när strömmen ej är
ansluten till utrustningen - och då endast av utbildad
servicepersonal.
8. När utrustning eller hölje är markerad med vidstående
symbol föreligger risk för brännskada vid kontakt med
uppvärmd yta. Dessa höljen får endast avlägsnas av
utbildad servicepersonal, när strömmen kopplats från
utrustningen. Vissa ytor kan vara mycket varma att
vidröra även upp till 45 minuter efter avstängning av
strömmen.
9. När utrustning eller hölje markerats med vidstående
symbol bör instruktionsmanualen studeras för
information.
10. Samtliga grafiska symboler som förekommer i denna
produkt finns angivna i en eller flera av följande
föreskrifter:- EN61010-1, IEC417 & ISO3864.
11. För utrustning som markerats med föreskrifter som "Öppna inte när
strömmen är på", eller liknande, råder explosionsrisk när det
förekommer explosiva ångor. Utrustningen får endast öppnas efter att
strömmen stängts av och efter att utrustningen fått svalna under så lång
tid som anges i instruktionsboken. Öppnandet får endast utföras av
utbildad servicepersonal.
Oxymitter 4000
A-24
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SAFETY DATA SHEET
FOR CERAMIC FIBER
PRODUCTS
JULY 1, 1996
SECTION I. IDENTIFICATION
PRODUCT NAME
Ceramic Fiber Heaters, Molded Insulation Modules and Ceramic Fiber
Radiant Heater Panels.
CHEMICAL FAMILY
Vitreous Aluminosilicate Fibers with Silicon Dioxide.
CHEMICAL NAME
N.A.
CHEMICAL FORMULA
N.A.
MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND ADDRESS
Watlow Columbia
2101 Pennsylvania Drive
Columbia, MO 65202
573-814-1300, ext. 5170
573-474-9402
HEALTH HAZARD SUMMARY WARNING
Possible cancer hazard based on tests with laboratory animals.
May be irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract.
May be harmful if inhaled.
Cristobalite (crystalline silica) formed at high temperatures (above
1800ºF) can cause severe respiratory disease.
SECTION II. PHYSICAL DATA
APPEARANCE AND ODOR
Cream to white colored fiber shapes. With or without optional white to
gray granular surface coating and/or optional black surface coating.
SPECIFIC WEIGHT: 12-25 LB./CUBIC FOOT
BOILING POINT: N.A.
VOLATILES (% BY WT.): N.A.
WATER SOLUBILITY: N.A.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-25
Oxymitter 4000
SECTION III. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS
MATERIAL, QUANTITY, AND THRESHOLD/EXPOSURE LIMIT VALUES
Aluminosilicate (vitreous) 99+ % 1 fiber/cc TWA
CAS. No. 142844-00-0610 fibers/cc CL
Zirconium Silicate0-10% 5 mg/cubic meter (TLV)
Black Surface Coating**0 - 1% 5 mg/cubic meter (TLV)
Armorphous Silica/Silicon Dioxide0-10% 20 mppcf (6 mg/cubic meter)
PEL (OSHA 1978) 3 gm cubic meter
(Respirable dust): 10 mg/cubic meter,
Intended TLV (ACGIH 1984-85)
**Composition is a trade secret.
SECTION IV. FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA
FLASH POINT: None
FLAMMABILITY LIMITS: N.A.
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA
Use extinguishing agent suitable for type of surrounding fire.
UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS / SPECIAL FIRE
FIGHTING PROCEDURES
N.A.
SECTION V. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE
(See Section III)
EFFECTS OF OVER EXPOSURE
EYE - Avoid contact with eyes. Slightly to moderately irritating.
Abrasive action may cause damage to outer surface of eye.
INHALATION - May cause respiratory tract irritation. Repeated or
prolonged breathing of particles of respirable size may cause
inflammation of the lung leading to chest pain, difficult breathing,
coughing and possible fibrotic change in the lung (Pneumoconiosis).
Pre-existing medical conditions may be aggravated by exposure:
specifically, bronchial hyper-reactivity and chronic bronchial or lung
disease.
INGESTION - May cause gastrointestinal disturbances. Symptoms
may include irritation and nausea, vomiting and diarrhea.
SKIN - Slightly to moderate irritating. May cause irritation and
inflammation due to mechanical reaction to sharp, broken ends of
fibers.
Oxymitter 4000
A-26
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
EXPOSURE TO USED CERAMIC FIBER PRODUCT
Product which has been in service at elevated temperatures (greater
than 1800ºF/982ºC) may undergo partial conversion to cristobalite, a
form of crystalline silica which can cause severe respiratory disease
(Pneumoconiosis). The amount of cristobalite present will depend on
the temperature and length of time in service. (See Section IX for
permissible exposure levels).
SPECIAL TOXIC EFFECTS
The existing toxicology and epidemiology data bases for RCF's are still
preliminary. Information will be updated as studies are completed and
reviewed. The following is a review of the results to date:
EPIDEMIOLOGY
At this time there are no known published reports demonstrating
negative health outcomes of workers exposed to refractory ceramic
fiber (RCF). Epidemiologic investigations of RCF production workers
are ongoing.
1. There is no evidence of any fibrotic lung disease (interstitial fibrosis)
whatsoever on x-ray.
2. There is no evidence of any lung disease among those employees
exposed to RCF that had never smoked.
3. A statistical "trend" was observed in the exposed population between
the duration of exposure to RCF and a decrease in some measures
of pulmonary function. These observations are clinically insignificant.
In other words, if these observations were made on an individual
employee, the results would be interpreted as being within the
normal range.
4. Pleural plaques (thickening along the chest wall) have been
observed in a small number of employees who had a long duration of
employment. There are several occupational and non-occupational
causes for pleural plaque. It should be noted that plaques are not
"pre-cancer" nor are they associated with any measurable effect on
lung function.
TOXICOLOGY
A number of studies on the health effects of inhalation exposure of rats
and hamsters are available. Rats were exposed to RCF in a series of
life-time nose-only inhalation studies. The animals were exposed to 30,
16, 9, and 3 mg/m3, which corresponds with approximately 200, 150,
75, and 25 fibers/cc.
Animals exposed to 30 and 16 mg/m3 were observed to have
developed a pleural and parenchymal fibroses; animals exposed to 9
mg/m3 had developed a mild parenchymal fibrosis; animals exposed to
the lowest dose were found to have the response typically observed any
time a material is inhaled into the deep lung. While a statistically
significant increase in lung tumors was observed following exposure to
the highest dose, there was no excess lung cancers at the other doses.
Two rats exposed to 30 mg/m3 and one rat exposed to 9 mg/m3
developed masotheliomas.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-27
Oxymitter 4000
The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) reviewed the
carcinogenicity data on man-made vitreous fibers (including ceramic
fiber, glasswool, rockwool, and slagwool) in 1987. IARC classified
ceramic fiber, fibrous glasswool and mineral wool (rockwool and
slagwool) as possible human carcinogens (Group 2B).
EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES
EYE CONTACT - Flush eyes immediately with large amounts of
water for approximately 15 minutes. Eye lids should be held away
from the eyeball to insure thorough rinsing. Do not rub eyes. Get
medical attention if irritation persists.
INHALATION - Remove person from source of exposure and move
to fresh air. Some people may be sensitive to fiber induced irritation
of the respiratory tract. If symptoms such as shortness of breath,
coughing, wheezing or chest pain develop, seek medical attention. If
person experiences continued breathing difficulties, administer
oxygen until medical assistance can be rendered.
INGESTION - Do not induce vomiting. Get medical attention if
irritation persists.
SKIN CONTACT - Do not rub or scratch exposed skin. Wash area of
contact thoroughly with soap and water. Using a skin cream or lotion
after washing may be helpful. Get medical attention if irritation
persists.
SECTION VI. REACTIVITY DATA
STABILITY/CONDITIONS TO AVOID
Stable under normal conditions of use.
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION/CONDITIONS TO AVOID
N.A.
INCOMPATIBILITY/MATERIALS TO AVOID
Incompatible with hydrofluoric acid and concentrated alkali.
HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS
N.A.
SECTION VII. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED
Where possible, use vacuum suction with HEPA filters to clean up
spilled material. Use dust suppressant where sweeping if necessary.
Avoid clean up procedure which may result in water pollution. (Observe
Special Protection Information Section VIII.)
WASTE DISPOSAL METHODS
The transportation, treatment, and disposal of this waste material must
be conducted in compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and Local
regulations.
Oxymitter 4000
A-28
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
SECTION VIII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Use NIOSH or MSHA approved equipment when airborne exposure
limits may be exceeded. NIOSH/MSHA approved breathing equipment
may be required for non-routine and emergency use. (See Section IX
for suitable equipment).
Pending the results of long term health effects studies, engineering
control of airborne fibers to the lowest levels attainable is advised.
VENTILATION
Ventilation should be used whenever possible to control or reduce
airborne concentrations of fiber and dust. Carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, reactive hydrocarbons and a small amount
of formaldehyde may accompany binder burn off during first heat. Use
adequate ventilation or other precautions to eliminate vapors resulting
from binder burn off. Exposure to burn off fumes may cause respiratory
tract irritation, bronchial hyper-reactivity and asthmatic response.
SKIN PROTECTION
Wear gloves, hats and full body clothing to prevent skin contact. Use
separate lockers for work clothes to prevent fiber transfer to street
clothes. Wash work clothes separately from other clothing and rinse
washing machine thoroughly after use.
EYE PROTECTION
Wear safety glasses or chemical worker's goggles to prevent eye
contact. Do not wear contact lenses when working with this substance.
Have eye baths readily available where eye contact can occur.
SECTION IX. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING
General cleanliness should be followed.
The Toxicology data indicate that ceramic fiber should be handled with
caution. The handling practices described in this MSDS must be strictly
followed. In particular, when handling refractory ceramic fiber in any
application, special caution should be taken to avoid unnecessary
cutting and tearing of the material to minimize generation of airborne
dust.
It is recommended that full body clothing be worn to reduce the potential
for skin irritation. Washable or disposable clothing may be used. Do not
take unwashed work clothing home. Work clothes should be washed
separately from other clothing. Rinse washing machine thoroughly after
use. If clothing is to be laundered by someone else, inform launderer of
proper procedure. Work clothes and street clothes should be kept
separate to prevent contamination.
Product which has been in service at elevated temperatures (greater
than 1800°F/982°C) may undergo partial conversion t o cristobalite, a
form of crystalline silica. This reaction occurs at the furnace lining hot
face. As a consequence, this material becomes more friable; special
caution must be taken to minimize generation of air-borne dust. The
amount of cristobalite present will depend on the temperature and
length in service.
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
A-29
Oxymitter 4000
IARC has recently reviewed the animal, human, and other relevant
experimental data on silica in order to critically evaluate and classify the
cancer causing potential. Based on its review, IARC classified
crystalline silica as a group 2A carcinogen (probable human
carcinogen).
The OSHA permissible exposure limit (PEL for cristobalite is 0.05
mg/m3 (respirable dust). The ACGIH threshold limit value (TLV) for
cristobalite is 0.05 mg/m3 (respirable dust) (ACGIH 1991-92). Use
NIOSH or MSHA approved equipment when airborne exposure limits
may be exceeded. The minimum respiratory protection recommended
for given airborne fiber or cristobalite concentrations are:
CONCENTRATION
If airborne fiber or cristobalite concentrations are not known, as
minimum protection, use NIOSH/MSHA approved half face, air purifying
respirator with HEPA filter cartridges.
Insulation surface should be lightly sprayed with water before removal to
suppress airborne dust. As water evaporates during removal, additional
water should be sprayed on surfaces as needed. Only enough water
should be sprayed to suppress dust so that water does not run onto the
floor of the work area. To aid the wetting process, a surfactant can be
used.
After RCF removal is completed, dust suppressing cleaning methods,
such as wet sweeping or vacuuming, should be used to clean the work
area. If dry vacuuming is used, the vacuum must be equipped with
HEPA filter. Air blowing or dry sweeping should not be used. Dust
suppressing components can be used to clean up light dust.
Product packaging may contain product residue. Do not reuse except to
reship or return Ceramic Fiber products to the factory.
Concentration Personal Protective Equipment
0-1 fiber/cc or 0-0.05 mg/m3
cristobalite (the OSHA PEL)
Optional disposable dust respirator (e.g. 3M
9970 or equivalent).
Up to 5 fibers/cc or up to 10 times
the OSHA PEL for cristobalite
Half face, air purifying respirator equipped
with high efficiency particulate air (HEPA)
filter cartridges (e.g. 3M 6000 series with
2040 filter or equivalent).
Up to 25 fibers/cc or 50 times the
OSHA PEL for cristobalite (2.5
mg/m3)
Full face, air purifying respirator with high
efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter
cartridges (e.g. 3M 7800S with 7255 filters
or equivalent) or powered air purifying
respirator (PARR) equipped with HEPA filter
cartridges (e.g. 3M W3265S with W3267
filters or equivalent).
Greater than 25 fibers/cc or 50
times the OSHA PEL for
cristobalite (2.5 mg/m3)
Full face, positive pressure supplied air
respirator (e.g. 3M 7800S with W9435 hose
& W3196 low pressure regulator kit
connected to clean air supply or equivalent).
Oxymitter 4000
A-30
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
http://www.raihome.com
Appendix B Return of Material
RETURNING MATERIAL
If factory repair of defective equipment is required, proceed as follows:
1. Secure a return authorization number from an Emerson Process
Management Sales Office or representative before returning the
equipment. Equipment must be returned with complete identification in
accordance with Emerson Process Management instructions or it will
not be accepted.
In no event will Emerson Process Management be responsible for
equipment returned without proper authorization and identification.
2. Carefully pack defective unit in a sturdy box with sufficient shock
absorbing material to ensure that no additional damage will occur during
shipping.
3. In a cover letter, describe completely:
a. The symptoms from which it was determined that the equipment is
faulty.
b. The environment in which the equipment has been operating
(housing, weather, vibration, dust, etc.).
c. Site from which equipment was removed.
d. Whether warranty or nonwarranty service is requested.
e. Complete shipping instructions for return of equipment.
f. Reference the return authorization number.
4. Enclose a cover letter and purchase order and ship the defective
equipment according to instructions provided in Emerson Process
Management Return Authorization, prepaid, to:
Emerson Process Management
RMR Department
Daniel Headquarters
11100 Britmore Park Drive
Houston, TX 77041
If warranty service is requested, the defective unit will be carefully inspected
and tested at the factory. If failure was due to conditions listed in the standard
Rosemount Analytical warranty, the defective unit will be repaired or replaced
at Emerson Process Management's option, and an operating unit will be
returned to the customer in accordance with shipping instructions furnished in
the cover letter.
For equipment no longer under warranty, the equipment will be repaired at the
factory and returned as directed by the purchase order and shipping
instructions.
Oxymitter 4000
B-2
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
http://www.raihome.com
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Index
A
Alarm Contacts
. . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Alarm Indications
. . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Alarms, Corrective Actions
. . . 8-5
B
By-Pass Packages
. . . . . . . . 11-2
C
Calibration
. . . . . . . .2-6
,
4-6
,
6-3
Calibration Gas Bottles
1-20
,
11-5
,
11-6
Calibration Handshake
. . . . . . 4-5
Cell Replacement Kit
. . . . . . 9-17
Configuration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
HART
. . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
,
4-2
Recommended
. . . . 2-6
,
4-6
D
Display, Error
. . . . . . . . 5-2
,
6-1
Display, Operating
. . . . . 5-1
,
6-1
Display, Startup
. . . . . . . 5-1
,
6-1
E
Electrical Noise
. . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Electrostatic Discharge
. . . . . . 8-3
Essential Instructions
. . . . . . . . i-i
H
HART Communications
. . . . . 7-1
HART Handheld Communicator
11-1
I
IMPS 4000
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Installation
Mechanical
. . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
K
Kit Cell Replacement
. . . . . 9-17
Probe Disassembly
. . . . 10-5
L
Local Operator Interface
. . . . 6-1
Logic I/O Mode
. . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
LOI Menu Tree
. . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
LOI, Lockout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
M
Maintenance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Material Safety Data Sheet
. . A-24
Membrane Keypad
. . . . . . . . 5-2
Menu Tree
HART
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
LOI
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Menu Tree, LOI
. . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
P
Parts, Replacement
. . . . . . . 10-1
Power Up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Product Matrix
. . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
R
Reference Air
. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Replacement Parts
. . . . . . . 10-1
Returning Material
. . . . . . . . . B-1
S
Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
SPS 4001B
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
System Configuration
. . . . . . 1-4
System Description
. . . . . . . . 1-3
System Features
. . . . . . . . . . 1-6
T
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev 4.2
July 2008
Index-2
Oxymitter 4000
WARRANTY
Rosemount Analytical warrants that the equipment manufactured and sold by it
will, upon shipment, be free of defects in workmanship or material. Should any
failure to conform to this warranty become apparent during a period of one year
after the date of shipment, Rosemount Analytical shall, upon prompt written notice
from the purchaser, correct such nonconformity by repair or replacement, F.O.B.
factory of the defective part or parts. Correction in the manner provided above
shall constitute a fulfillment of all liabilities of Rosemount Analytical with respect to
the quality of the equipment.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES OF QUALITY WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, OR IMPLIED
(INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR
PURPOSE).
The remedy(ies) provided above shall be purchaser's sole remedy(ies) for any
failure of Rosemount Analytical to comply with the warranty provisions, whether
claims by the purchaser are based in contract or in tort (including negligence).
Rosemount Analytical does not warrant equipment against normal deterioration
due to environment. Factors such as corrosive gases and solid particulates can
be detrimental and can create the need for repair or replacement as part of normal
wear and tear during the warranty period.
Equipment supplied by Rosemount Analytical Inc. but not manufactured by it will
be subject to the same warranty as is extended to Rosemount Analytical by the
original manufacturer.
At the time of installation it is important that the required services are supplied to
the system and that the electronic controller is set up at least to the point where it
is controlling the sensor heater. This will ensure, that should there be a delay
between installation and full commissioning that the sensor being supplied with ac
power and reference air will not be subjected to component deterioration.
3947
7/08
© 2008 Emerson Process Mangement. All rights reserved.
Rosemount Analytical and the Rosemount Analytical logotype are registered trademarks of Rosemount Analytical Inc.
HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communications Foundation.
All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Oxymitter 4000
GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY
CENTER AND LATIN AMERICA
Emerson Process Management
Rosemount Analytical Inc.
11100 Brittmoore Park Drive
Houston, TX 77041
T 713 467 6000
F 713 827 3329
ASIA-PACIFIC
Emerson Process Management
Asia Pacific Private Limited
1 Pandan Crescent
Singapore 128461
Republic of Singapore
T 65 6 777 8211
F 65 6 777 0947
E analytical@
ap.emersonprocess.com
ROSEMOUNT ANALYTICAL EUROPE
Emerson Process Management
Gmbh & co. OHG
Industriestrasse 1
63594 Hasselroth
Germany
T 49 6055 884 0
F 49 6055 884 209
WORLD HEADQUARTERS
Emerson Process Management
Rosemount Analytical Inc.
6565P Davis Industrial Parkway
Solon, OH 44139
T 440 914 1261
T 800 433 6076
F 440 914 1262
E gas.csc@emersonprocess.com
EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST, AFRICA
Emerson Process Management
Shared Services Limited
Heath Place
Bognor Regis
West Sussex PO22 9SH
England
T 44 1243 863121
F 44 1243 845354
http://www.raihome.com
Instruction Manual
IM-106-340, Rev. 4.2
July 2008
Oxymitter 4000
Part no.____________
Serial no.____________
Order no.____________

Navigation menu